addendum #1 - virginia tech€¦ · c. provide casework and countertops as shown in phys geog. lab...

33
ADDENDUM #1 March 1 st , 2019 PROJECT: Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University Wallace Hall Up-Fit for Geography Department IFB# 0058456 Blacksburg, Virginia 24061 TO ALL BIDDERS: GENERAL: Addenda are part of the Contract Documents and are issued to amend or interpret the Drawings and Specifications. The Addenda shall be acknowledged in the Bid Form Division 0 Section 00300 in the space provided for addenda acknowledgement. CHANGES AND CLARIFICATIONS GENREAL Please note that another pre-bid conference will be held on Wednesday, March 6 th , 2019 at 10:00 AM to clarify the clerical error on the original “Notice of Invitation for Bids” document. Attendance to the February 18 th , 2019 or the scheduled March 6 th , 2019 pre-bid meetings is NOT required to submit bids. See Attachment A to addendum #1 for the revised “DGS-30-220 Bid Form”. The bid form has been revised to remove the section relating to “HVAC Monitoring & Control System” and to delete the annotations identified in the information lines through the bid form. See Attachment B to addendum #1 for the pre-bid sign in sheet from the pre-bid conference held on February 18 th , 2019 at 10:00 AM. CHANGES AND CLARIFICATIONS DRAWINGS See Attachment C to addendum #1 for the revised project set of drawings dated 1/21/2019 (with revisions for Addendum #1 dated 3/1/2019). See below for an outline of the sheets which were modified and a brief description of the modification. 1. Sheet T0.01: Revise asbestos disclosure statement as shown on revised Sheet T0.01. Virginia Tech will have asbestos containing material abated prior to start of construction. 2. Sheet A0.01: Remove Office/Lab from Level 2 work area; wall and casework deleted. 3. Sheet A1.02: A. Remove demolition note #6 from the following existing offices: 255, 256, 257, 258, and 259. These existing offices shall not be included in the project. B. Remove casework and wall from Office/Lab 200.

Upload: others

Post on 19-May-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

ADDENDUM #1

March 1st, 2019

PROJECT: Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University

Wallace Hall Up-Fit for Geography Department

IFB# 0058456

Blacksburg, Virginia 24061

TO ALL BIDDERS:

GENERAL: Addenda are part of the Contract Documents and are issued to amend or

interpret the Drawings and Specifications. The Addenda shall be acknowledged in the

Bid Form – Division 0 – Section 00300 – in the space provided for addenda

acknowledgement.

CHANGES AND CLARIFICATIONS – GENREAL

Please note that another pre-bid conference will be held on Wednesday, March 6th, 2019 at 10:00 AM to clarify

the clerical error on the original “Notice of Invitation for Bids” document. Attendance to the February 18th, 2019

or the scheduled March 6th, 2019 pre-bid meetings is NOT required to submit bids.

See Attachment A to addendum #1 for the revised “DGS-30-220 Bid Form”. The bid form has been revised to

remove the section relating to “HVAC Monitoring & Control System” and to delete the annotations identified in

the information lines through the bid form.

See Attachment B to addendum #1 for the pre-bid sign in sheet from the pre-bid conference held on February 18th,

2019 at 10:00 AM.

CHANGES AND CLARIFICATIONS – DRAWINGS

See Attachment C to addendum #1 for the revised project set of drawings dated 1/21/2019 (with revisions for

Addendum #1 dated 3/1/2019). See below for an outline of the sheets which were modified and a brief description

of the modification.

1. Sheet T0.01: Revise asbestos disclosure statement as shown on revised Sheet

T0.01. Virginia Tech will have asbestos containing material abated prior to start

of construction.

2. Sheet A0.01: Remove Office/Lab from Level 2 work area; wall and casework

deleted.

3. Sheet A1.02:

A. Remove demolition note #6 from the following existing offices: 255, 256,

257, 258, and 259. These existing offices shall not be included in the

project.

B. Remove casework and wall from Office/Lab 200.

Page 2: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

4. Sheet A1.03:

A. Remove work in existing offices: 255, 256, 257, 258, and 259. These

existing offices shall not be included in the project.

B. Remove casework and wall from Office/Lab 200.

C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232.

D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown.

5. Sheets A9.02 and A9.03: Specification Section 123600 added for Epoxy Resin

Work Surface.

6. Sheet P1: Provide plumbing per revised Sheet P1.

7. Sheet P2: Revise Second Floor New Work Plan and New Work Plan Notes.

8. Sheet M1: Revise Equipment Schedule.

9. Sheet M2: Revise HVAC in Suite 260 as shown on revised Sheet M2.

10. Sheet ED1: Revise light in room B29.

11. Sheet E1: Revise lighting Fixture Schedule and revise Demand Summary.

12. Sheet E3: Revise lighting in Computer 101.

13. Sheet E4: Revise Second Floor Power Plan.

14. Sheet E6: Revise Panel 2LP1 and Panel 1LP1.

All other terms, conditions and descriptions remain the same. The bid closing date has been changed FROM March

11th, 2019 at 2:00 PM TO March 18th, 2019 at 2:00 PM; The bid opening date has been changed FROM March 12th,

2019 at 2:00 PM TO March 19th, 2019 at 2:00 PM. This addendum will be posted on VT Procurement website at

www.procurement.vt.edu.

END OF ADDENDUM #1

Page 3: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

Standard Bid Form Format Page 1 of 3

DGS-30-220 Standard Bid Form Format (Rev. 04/15)

BID FORM

DATE:

PROJECT: Wallace Hall Upfit for the Geography Department Project Code: R0058456

To: Commonwealth of Virginia

Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Procurement Department North End Center (0333), Suite 2100 300 Turner Street NW Blacksburg, Virginia 24061

In compliance with and subject to your Invitation for Bids and the documents therein specified, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, the undersigned bidder proposes to furnish all labor, equipment, and materials and perform all work necessary for construction of this project, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications dated January 21, 2019 and the Addenda noted below, as prepared by TKA Architects, Blacksburg, Virginia for the consideration of the following amount: BASE BID (including the following parts): PART A. Lump sum price for construction of the building within a perimeter extending 5 feet from the walls of the building, complete, and in accordance with the Plans and Specifications: PART A = ________________________________________ Dollars ($ ).

Contract award will be based on the TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT shown above (including any properly submitted bid modifications).

The bidder has relied upon the following public historical climatological records: National Weather Service for Blacksburg, VA.

The undersigned understands that time is of the essence and agrees that the date for Substantial Completion of the entire project shall be on or before Friday, July 26, 2019 based on a Notice authorizing Work to proceed on or before Monday, April 8, 2019, and Final Completion shall be achieved within 30 consecutive calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion as determined by the A/E.

ATTACHMENT A - ADDEDNUM #1

Page 4: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

Standard Bid Form Format Page 2 of 3

Acknowledgment is made of receipt of the following Addenda: . If notice of acceptance of this bid is given to the undersigned within 30 days after the date of opening of bids, or any time thereafter before this bid is withdrawn, the undersigned will execute and deliver a contract in the prescribed form (Commonwealth of Virginia Contract Between Owner and Contractor, Form CO-9) within 10 days after the contract has been presented to him for signature. The required payment and performance bonds, on the forms prescribed, shall be delivered to the Owner along with the signed Contract. Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986: The undersigned certifies that it does not and shall not during the performance of the Contract for this project violate the provisions of the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, which prohibits employment of illegal aliens, or knowingly employ an unauthorized alien as defined in the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. DISQUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS: By signing this bid or proposal, the undersigned certifies that this Bidder or any officer, director, partner or owner is not currently barred from bidding on contracts by any Agency of the Commonwealth of Virginia, or any public body or agency of another state, or any agency of the federal government, nor is this Bidder a subsidiary or affiliate of any firm/corporation that is currently barred from bidding on contracts by any of the same. We have attached an explanation of any previous disbarment(s) and copies of notice(s) of reinstatement(s). Either the undersigned or one of the following individuals, if any, is authorized to modify this bid prior to the deadline for receipt of bids by writing the modification and signing his name on the face of the bid, on the envelope in which it is enclosed, on a separate document, or on a document which is telefaxed to the Owner:

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

I certify that the firm name given below is the true and complete name of the bidder and that the bidder is legally qualified and licensed by the Virginia Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation, Board for Contractors, to perform all Work included in the scope of the Contract. Virginia License No.: ______________ Bidder: ______________________________

(Name of Firm) Contractor Class: ________________ By:___________________________________ (Signature) Specialty: _______________________ Valid until: ______________________

FEIN/SSN: _____________________ Title: _______________________________

Page 5: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

Standard Bid Form Format Page 3 of 3

If General Partnership (List Partners' Names) _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________

Business Address: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Telephone # ________________________ FAX # _______________________________

If Corporation, affix Corporate Seal & list State of Incorporation State: _____________________________ (Affix Seal)

Virginia State Corporation Commission ID No.: _______________; or If Contractor is a foreign business entity not required to be authorized to transact business in the Commonwealth under Titles 13.1 or 50 of the Code of Virginia, or as otherwise required by law, please provide an explanation as to why such entity is not required to be so authorized: ____________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________. Contractor’s Proposed Small Business Participation: % (required)

Page 6: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

ATTACHMENT B - ADDENDUM #1

Page 7: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

DJJ

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

KCF

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

T0.01

TITLE SHEET

03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1

1

1

ABBREVIATIONS:AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR EXIST. EXISTING O/ OVER

ALUM. ALUMINUM EXT. EXTERIOR OC ON CENTERAPA AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION FD FLOOR DRAIN OFCI OWNER FURNISHED

APPROX. APPROXIMATE FFE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION CONTRACTOR INSTALLEDASC ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING EQ. EQUAL OA OVERALL

ARCH. ARCHITECTURAL FIN. FINISH OPNG OPENINGBD. BOARD FL. FLOOR OZ. OUNCE

BLDG. BUILDING FO FACE OF PL PLATEBM BEAM or BENCH MARK FT. FOOT or FEET P/L PROPERTY LINE

BOT. BOTTOM FTG. FOOTING PLYWD. PLYWOODBRG. BEARING GA. GAGE PNL PANEL

BTWN. BETWEEN GR. GRADE P. LAM. PLASTIC LAMINATECAB. CABINET GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD PT PRESSURE TREATED

CJ CONTROL JOINT GYP. GYPSUM RAD RADIUSCLG. CEILING HM HOLLOW METAL REF REFRIGERATOR

CT CERAMIC TILE HORIZ. HORIZONTAL REINF REINFORCECLO. CLOSET HT. HEIGHT REQD REQUIREDC.O. CLEAN OUT HTR. HEATER REV REVERSEDCMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT IN. INCH RM. ROOMCOL. COLUMN INSUL. INSULATION R/W RIGHT OF WAY

CONC. CONCRETE INT. INTERIOR S. SOUTHCONST. CONSTRUCTION JCT. JUNCTION SIM SIMILAR

CONT. CONTINUOUS JT. JOINT SPEC SPECIFICATIONCONTR. CONTRACTOR LB. POUND SQ SQUARE

CPT. CARPET LG. LENGTH or LONG STD STANDARDCTR. CENTER LL LIVE LOAD STRUCT STRUCTURAL

Ø, DIA. DIAMETER LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL STL STEELDIM. DIMENSION MATL. MATERIAL T&G TONGUE & GROOVE

DL DEAD LOAD MAX. MAXIMUM TO TOP OFDN. DOWN MECH. MECHANICAL TS TUBULAR STEELDS. DOWNSPOUT MFR. MANUFACTURER TYP. TYPICAL

DTL. DETAIL MR MOISTURE RESISTANT UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORYD.W. DISHWASHER MW MICROWAVE VB VAPOR BARRIER

DWG. DRAWING MIN. MINIMUM VERT. VERTICALE. EAST MISC. MISCELLANEOUS VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE

EA. EACH MNTG. MOUNTING W. WESTEIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION N. NORTH W/ WITH

FINISH SYSTEM NIC NOT IN CONTRACT WH WATER HEATEREJ EXPANSION JOINT NO. NUMBER WD. WOOD

ELEC. ELECTRICAL NTS NOT TO SCALE WT. WEIGHTELEV. ELEVATION, ELEVATOR WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC

GENERAL NOTES:1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH VIRGINIA TECH'S SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS PROGRAM. COPIES OF THIS PROGRAM ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE OWNER OR MAY BE DOWNLOADED FROM WWW.EHSS.VT.EDU.

2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR(S) SHALL INSPECT PREMISES PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL AND WORK COMMENCEMENT TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. SHOULD A CONTRACTOR FIND CONDITIONS WHICH IT BELIEVES WOULD IMPEDE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT SUCH CONDITIONS TO THE ARCHITECT. FAILURE TO SO ADVISE WILL CONSTITUTE NOTICE THAT THE CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND INTENDS TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS WITH NO ALLOWANCE EITHER IN TIME OR MONEY FOR ANY IMPEDIMENTS TO THE WORK.

3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS IN FIELD. IF DIMENSIONAL ERRORS OCCUR OR CONDITIONS NOT COVERED IN THE DRAWINGS ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE COMMENCING THAT PORTION OF THE WORK.

4. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND NATIONAL CODES.

5. ALL MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE APPLIED, INSTALLED, CONNECTED, ERECTED, USED, CLEANED AND CONDITIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS.

6. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPERVISE AND DIRECT THE WORK, USING ITS BEST SKILL AND ATTENTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND/OR INSTALLATION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES AND FOR COORDINATING ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT.

7. DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DRAWINGS MAY BE ROUGH SCALED FOR GENERAL REFERENCE. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND/OR FABRICATION.

8. ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE CONSTRUCTION SITE FREE AND CLEAR OF ALL DEBRIS AND KEEP OUT ALL UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION AREA SHALL BE COMPLETELY CLEANED TO OWNER'S SATISFACTION.

9. WHEN WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT, THE APPROPRIATE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SAME AND IT SHALL BE OF THE BEST MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. IF ADDITIONAL COSTS ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL AND PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK, ALLOWING A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME FOR RESPONSE AND APPROVAL. NO CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION BASED ON IGNORANCE OF VISIBLE OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS OR ASSUMPTIONS OR DISCLAIMERS AFTER THE FACT SHALL BE CONSIDERED.

10. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE IN WRITING ALL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND APPROVAL. MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT CARRYING A MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE SHALL BE COVERED BY THE MAXIMUM TERM OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN ONE YEAR. ALL DEFECTS DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED TO THE OWNER'S AND TENANT'S SATISFACTION, AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER OR TENANT.

11. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY NOTED, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND PAY FOR ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, NOTES, TOOLS, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY, TRANSPORTATION AND OTHER FACILITIES AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK.

12. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FEES FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, SCHEDULE ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS, OBTAIN ALL CODE APPROVALS, ETC. NECESSARY FOR PROPER COMPLETION OF THE WORK.

13. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK PROCEDURES WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES.

14. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING AND NEW CONDITIONS AND MATERIALS WITHIN THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION AREA. ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY OR DURING THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED TO THE OWNER'S AND OWNER'S SATISFACTION AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR.

15. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOOR SLABS, SUCH AS PIPING, CONDUIT, DUCTS, PNEUMATIC TUBES, ETC., SHALL BE PACKED AND SEALED OFF WITH FIRE-RATED MATERIAL AND SEALED AGAINST WATER PENETRATION.

16. CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PERFORMED DURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS. BUILDING ACCESS AND SECURE STAGING/STORAGE OF MATERIALS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING SERVICES AND UTILITIES WITH THE OWNER AND GIVE THE OWNER MIN. OF 48 HOURS NOTICE OF THE SHUT DOWN, SWITCH OVER, AND OTHER INTERRUPTIONS TO THE BUILDING'S SERVICES AND UTILITIES.

17. THE USE OF THE WORD "PROVIDE" SHALL MEAN TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR USE.

18. TEST ALL PIPING AND LABEL AS TO USE.

19. A TESTING & BALANCING REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.

20. FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL'S OFFICE BEFORE SPRINKLER WORK BEGINS.

21. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN TO FACE OF STUD OR FACE OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SHOWN. ITEMS NOTED AS "CLEAR", OR "CLR", ARE FROM FINISH FACE TO FINISH FACE.

22. ALIGN FINISH FACE OF WALLS WITH EXISTING WALLS AS SHOWN.

23. OUTSIDE EDGE OF SPECIFIED FRAMES AT DOOR JAMBS SHALL BE HELD 4" FROM THEIR ADJACENT WALLS, UNLESS NOTED OR DIMENSIONED OTHERWISE.

24. IN THE WORK AREA, ALL ITEMS SHOWN AND NOT DESIGNATED AS EXISTING SHALL BE ASSUMED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO BE NEW WORK. 25. DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD.

26. EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN ARE INDICATED THUS:

27. WALLS TO BE INSTALLED ARE INDICATED THUS: 28. DOORS TO BE INSTALLED ARE INDICATED THUS:

29. EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN ARE INDICATED THUS:

30. PARTITION WALL TYPE TAGS ARE INDICATED THUS:B

100

INDEX TO DRAWINGS:T0.01 TITLE SHEET

ARCHITECTURALA0.01 LIFE SAFETY PLANSA1.01 FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION & FLOOR PLANSA1.02 SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLANA1.03 SECOND FLOOR PLANA1.04 FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANA1.05 SECOND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANA6.01 SCHEDULES & DETAILSA6.02 INTERIOR ELEVATIONSA9.01 SPECIFICATIONSA9.02 SPECIFICATIONSA9.03 SPECIFICATIONS

PLUMBINGP1 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION

PLANS - PLUMBING

MECHANICALMD1 PARTIAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLANS - HVAC

M1 HVAC LEGEND, DETAILS AND NOTESM2 PARTIAL NEW WORK FLOOR PLANS - HVACM3 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS

FIRE SUPPRESSIONSP1 FIRE SUPPRESSION FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR

DEMOLITION PLANSP2 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS - FIRE

SUPPRESSION

ELECTRICALED1 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS -

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITIONE1 ELECTRICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND

ABBREVIATIONSE2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, DETAILS AND GENERAL

NOTESE3 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS - LIGHTINGE4 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS - POWER

AND COMMUNICATIONSE5 PARTIAL FLOOR PLANS - POWER DISTRIBUTIONE6 PANELBOARD SCHEDULES

MATERIAL SYMBOLS:

CONCRETE (PLAN & SECTION)

BRICK (PLAN & SECTION)

CONCRETE BLOCK (PLAN & SECTION)

WOOD (PLAN)

FRAMING LUMBER (SECTION)

FINISH WOOD (SECTION)

PLYWOOD (SECTION)

STEEL (SECTION)

BATT INSULATION (PLAN & SECTION)

RIGID INSULATION (PLAN & SECTION)

GRAVEL

SOIL

GYPSUM BOARD

LINTEL OR BEAM (PLAN)

GEOGRAPHY DEPARTMENTWALLACE HALL UPFIT FOR THE

BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA

MECH. & ELEC. ENGINEERS:LAWRENCE PERRY & ASSOCIATESCONTACT: RODNEY FANNING

15 EAST SALEM AVENUEROANOKE, VA 24025PHONE (540) 342-1816

ARCHITECT:TKA ARCHITECTSCONTACT: SANDRA GRAHAM

300 CHURCH STREETBLACKSBURG, VA 24060PHONE (540) 951-4925

OWNER:VIRGINIA TECH RENOVATIONSCONTACT: CURTIS WILLIAMS

230 STERRETT DRIVEBLACKSBURG, VA 24060PHONE (540) 231-7711

VICINITY MAPNO SCALE

NORTH

ASBESTOS & LEAD NOTES:

ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS (ACM)AN ASBESTOS INSPECTION WAS PERFORMED AND ACM WAS FOUND GENERALLY IN THE AREA INDICATED. THE ASBESTOS INSPECTION REPORT WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE OWNER SHALL SUBMIT AN APPLICATION FOR PERMIT TO HAVE THE ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS ABATED BY A LICENSED ASBESTOS CONTRACTOR UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT USING APROVED PROCEDURES PRIOR TO ISSUING A NOTICE TO PROCEED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ANY ACM THAT IS TO REMAIN AND THE NEW NON ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL SHALL BE LABELED ACCORDINGLY. THE ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR SHALL MARK UP THE RECORD DRAWINGS RESULTING FROM ITES WORK TO INCLUDE AREAS WHERE ASBESTOS WAS ABATED, AREAS WHERE ASBESTOS WAS ENCAPSULATED, AND AREAS WHERE ACM EXIST BUT WERE LEFT IN PLACE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND CERTIFY THE LOCATIONS WHERE ACM WAS ABATED, AREAS WHERE ACM WAS ENCAPSULATED, AND AREAS WHERE ACM WAS LEFT IN PLACE AS MARKED ON THE RECORD DRAWINGS AND WILL PROVIDE DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT.

IF A SUSPECT ASBESTOS MATERIAL IS ENCOUNTERED IN THE COURSE OF THE WORK THAT IS NOT DISCUSSED AS PART OF THE REPORT, THE WORK MUST BE STOPPED AND FACILITIES SAFETY SHOULD BE CONTACTED AT 540-315-2898.

LEAD CONTAINING MATERIALSAN INSPECTION TO IDENTIFY LEAD CONTAINING OR COATED BUILDING COMPONENTS HAS BEEN CONDUCTED AND CAN BE FOUND IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THIS REPORT IS PROVIDED FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S USE AND MAY NOT BE ALL INCLUSIVE. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH ALL VIRGINIA OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (VOSH) REGULATIONS AS THEY PERTAIN TO EMPLOYEE EXPOSURES TO LEAD. ALL LEAD AND LEAD-COATED BUILDING COMPONENTS SHALL BE RECYCLED TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE.

IF SUSPECT LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED IN THE COURSE OF WORK THAT ARE NOT DISCUSSED AS PART OF THE REPORT, THE WORK MUST BE STOPPED AND FACILITIES SAFETY SHOULD BE CONTACTED AT 540-315-2898.

TKA ARCHITECTS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE ASBESTOS AND LEAD PAINT REPORTS CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS THE INFORMATION WAS PREPARED BY THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADDRESS ANY RELATED QUESTION TO THE VIRGINIA TECH REPRESENTATIVES.

PROJECT LOCATION

ATTACHMENT C - ADDENDUM #1

CWilliam
Rectangle
CWilliam
Image
CWilliam
Text Box
P1 PLUMBING LEGEND, FIXTURE SCHEDULE, DETAIL AND NOTES
CWilliam
Text Box
P2 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS - PLUMBING
CWilliam
Cloud
CWilliam
Image
Page 8: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

DJJ

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

KCF

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

A0.01

LIFE SAFETY PLANS

03/1/191

1

1

1

1

ADDENDUM 1

DN101A

101

A29

A27

A24A22

A9

106

A16

A13

A10

A26

A28

A35A34

102A

A39

A40104

102C

102

102D

PATIO

122A

124A

124

125

126

127

130

A17

134

134A

136

138

135

140A

140

UP

106B 106C

A41

102B

102CR A31

CR-1A

CR-1B

132

A36

A5

125A

128

A14AA14

A18

A6

UP

UP

140B

133

140D

140C

A3A2

A4117

113

115

111

109

107

105

103A44

A46

A47

A48

A49

100

120 122

121UP

106A

CR-1

B

119

121A 121B

123

123A

100C

102

108A20

A37

A12

A11

A31

A8

A32

A33

FIRST FLOOR PLANSCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0"

NORTH

SECOND FLOOR PLANSCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0"

NORTH

260E260D260B

201

200

B21203

205

207

209

211

213

CR-2

C

260F260

260G262

260C

227

225

223

221

219

217

215

232

232A

234

CR-2B

235

237

243241239

238

238C238B

238A

204

202

260A

237A

238D

259 258 257 256

B17

252 251 250

DN

244

245

248

248A

CR-2

B

246

246A

DN

B30

247

B20

B7

B15

B10 B11B5

B8 B9

B12B14

B1

255 254 253

OPEN TO BELOW

UP

228

229B 229C

230

233

233A

240240B

240C

240D

CR-2A

229A

229DN

B2

DN

240E

231

240A

B16

B19

B26

255

129 FEET EGRESS PATH

0 1' 6' 12'

1/16" = 1' - 0"

20'

0 1' 6' 12'

1/16" = 1' - 0"

20'

EXISTING 1-HOUR RATED ATRIUM ENCLOSURE

CODE REFERENCES:2015 VUSBC - PART II, VIRGINIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE (VEBC)2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGNICC/ANSI 117.1-2009 ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDING FACILITIESVIRGINIA FIRE SAFETY REGULATIONS (VFSR)

WORK AREA OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION (VRC): B (BUSINESS)

EXISTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION: IIA (NON-COMBUSTIBLE)

EXISTING RATINGS OF WORK AREA:ATRIUM ENCLOSURE - 1-HOURSTAIR SHAFTS & ELEVATOR ENCLOUSRE - 2-HOURSCORRIDOR WALLS - 0-HOURSTRUCTURAL FRAME - 1-HOUREXTERIOR BEARING WALLS - 1-HOURINTERIOR BEARING WALLS - 1-HOUREXTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS - 0-HOURINTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS - 0-HOURFLOOR CONSTRUCTION - 1-HOURROOF CONSTRUCTION 1-HOUR

FIRE SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXISTING RATED CONSTRUCTION.

EXISTING BUILDING AREA: 103,163 SQUARE FEETAREA OF LEVEL 2 RENOVATION: 5,978 SQUARE FEET

5,978 IS LESS THAN 50% OF 103,163

EXISTING AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION: YES

EXISTING FIRE ALARM: YES

WORK AREA CODE NOTES OCCUPANCY OF WORK AREA:BUSINESS (100 SF/PERSON) 5,978 SF GROSS 60

NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED 2PROVIDED 2

EGRESS LOAD FACTOR (1005.3) STAIRWAYS 0.2OTHER 0.15

MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORS REQUIRED 32 INCHES

MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE PERMITTED 300 FEET

WALL & CEILING FINISH EXITS CLASS BCORRIDORS CLASS CROOMS CLASS C

FLOOR FINISH GROUP B CLASS II

PROJECT DATA

2015 VEBC COMPLIANCE SUMMARYCHAPTER 4: ACCESSIBILITY404 ALTERATIONS

TURNING SPACE WHERE REQUIRED, AND AS SHOWN.WITH MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS, ACCESSIBLE DOOR HARDWARE, WHEELCHAIR SECTION, AND CHAPTER 11 OF THE VCC. SPACES WITHIN THE WORK AREA HAVE BEEN DESIGNED ALTERED SPACES HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THIS

CHAPTER 6: ALTERATIONS601 LEVELS OF ALTERATIONS601.2 LEVEL 1

OF EXISTING WALLS.ALTERATIONS DESIGNATED AS LEVEL 1 WORK INCLUDE REPLACEMENT OF FLOORING AND PAINTING

LEVEL 2ALTERATIONS IN THE WORK AREA INCLUDE THE REMOVAL OF SELECT EXISTING WALLS, DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLIES, AND ASSOCIATED MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES, THE RECONFIGURATION OF SYSTEMS, AND THE INSTALLATION OF ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT. THE WORK AREA DOES NOT EXCEED 50 PERCENT OF THE AGGREGATE AREA OF THE BUILDING. THEREFORE, THE ALTERATIONS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF CHAPTERS 6 & 7.

602 LEVEL 1 ALTERATIONS602.3 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS602.3.1 ALL NEW WALL AND CEILING FINISHES ARE DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 8 OF THE VCC.602.3.2 ALL NEW INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH MATERIAL IS DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 804 OF THE VCC.602.3.4 MATERIALS AND METHODS

ALL NEW WORK AS SHOWN HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE MATERIALS AND METHODS REQUIREMENTS IN THE VCC AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES.

603 LEVEL 2 ALTERATIONS603.4 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS603.4.1.1 EXISTING VERTICAL OPENINGS

NO VERTICAL OPENINGS ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE PROJECT WORK AREA.603.4.3 ALL NEW INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL IS DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE VCC.603.5 FIRE PROTECTION603.5.2 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM

AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM EXISTS THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING AND SHALL BE MODIFIED WHERE SPACE IS RECONFIGURED.

603.5.4 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION

ALARM SYSTEM WILL BE MODIFIED WHERE SPACE IS RECONFIGURED.THE BUILDING HAS AN EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT SHALL REMAIN. THE EXISTING FIRE

603.6 MEANS OF EGRESS603.6.1 GENERAL

THE WORK AREA OF THIS PROJECT DOES NOT INCLUDE EXITS OR CORRIDORS SHARED BY MORE THAN ONE TENANT.

603.6.4 OPENINGS IN CORRIDOR WALLS603.6.4.1 CORRIDOR DOORS

NEWLY INSTALLED CORRIDOR DOORS SHALL BE SOLID CORE WOOD AS REQUIRED.603.7 STRUCTURAL

NO NEW STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE INCLUDED IN THE WORK AREA.PROPOSED WORK DOES NOT INCREASE STRUCTURAL LOAD ON EXISTING BUILDING.

603.8 ELECTRICAL

AND SECTION 603.8.3.ALL NEWLY INSTALLED ELECTRICAL WILL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70

603.6 MECHANICAL

SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 603.9.1 - SEE MECHANCIAL DRAWINGS.PROVIDE NATURAL OR MECHANICAL VENTILATION PER THE IMC. EXISTING MECHANICAL UNITS

603.1 PLUMBING

PLUMBING COUNT SHALL REMAIN.THIS PROJECT DOES NOT INCREASE THE OCCUPANT LOAD MORE THAN 20-PERCENT. EXISTING

OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND HEIGHTS AND AREAS, HAS NOT BEEN PERFORMED.CODE ANALYSIS IS LIMITED TO THE WORK AREAS DESINATED. A FULL BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS, INCLUDING

LEGEND

DELINEATES EXTENT OF LEVEL 2 WORK AREA

DELINEATES LOCATION OF LEVEL 1 WORK

Page 9: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

DJJ

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

KCF

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

A1.01

FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION & FLOOR PLAN

A3

A2 A4

117

113

115

111

109

107

105

103

A44

A46

A47

A48

A49

100

120 122

121

A45

UP

106A

CR-1

B

119

DN

121A 121B

123

123A

113A111A

115A 117A

107A 109A

103A 105A

100C

100B

100A

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

20'FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

NORTH

101A101B

101C

102

101

9

2

7

4152

91

1

16

56 5

6

56

56

56

9

1

NOTE: SEE SHEET A1.02 FOR DEMOLITION NOTES

A49

UP

DN

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

20'FIRST FLOOR PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

NORTH

101ASTORAGE

101COMPUTER

101E

A2

NOTE: SEE SHEET A1.03 FOR PLAN NOTES

Page 10: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

NORTH

B7

B15

B10B3B6B5

B8

B14

223

225

227

221

B1

B22

B23

B25

B24

215

260D

257 256 255 254

253

OPEN TO BELOW

228

229B 229C

230

B29

233

233A

262

260

CR-2C

CR-2A

229A

229

DN

B2

B28

DN

231

B16

B19

B26

201

200

205

202

204

B21

260A 260B 260C

260G

259 258

203

207

209

211

213

217

219

237

235

CR-2B

239241

243

232B

232

234

238B

238

238C238A

CR-2C

260BA

232C

236

236A

2

1

1

1

1

22

20

2

10

2121

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

6 6

56

56

56

56

6

56

56

56

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

56

4

78

14

2

3

3

1112

13

8'-5"

3 1

2

1

1

17

18

19

2020

20

2

1

20

UP

2

LIMIT OF RENOVATED AREA IN SUITE 260

56

1

1

1

5'-4"

56

56

EXISTING BULKHEAD

2324

25

25

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

20'

6

26DJJ

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

KCF

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

A1.02

SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN

1

03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1

GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES1. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING OWNER WHEN UTILITY SERVICES ARE TO BE INTERRUPTED.

2. SALVAGE ALL USABLE BUILDING MATERIALS TO BUILDING OWNER. RECYCLE NON-SALVAGABLE MATERIALS TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. LEGALLY DISPOSE OF MATERIALS NOT SALVAGED OR RECYCLED.

3. PATCH AND REPAIR INTERFACE OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS IN-KIND WITH REMAINING MATERIALS TO CONCEAL DEMOLITION AND MAINTAIN SMOOTH, FLUSH WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS.

4. NEATLY DEMOLISH WORK CALLED FOR REMOVAL. TEMPORARILY SUPPORT WORK TO REMAIN.

5. REMOVE WALLS AS INDICATED. PREPARE AND REPAIR REMAINING FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE SPECIFIED FINISHES.

6. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING FOR DEMOLITION NOT SHOWN.

DEMOLITION NOTES

1. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING OWNER WHEN UTILITY SERVICES ARE TO BE INTERRUPTED.

2. SALVAGE ALL USABLE BUILDING MATERIALS TO BUILDING OWNER. RECYCLE NON-SALVAGABLE MATERIALS TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. LEGALLY DISPOSE OF MATERIALS NOT SALVAGED OR RECYCLED.

3. PATCH AND REPAIR INTERFACE OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS IN-KIND WITH REMAINING MATERIALS TO CONCEAL DEMOLITION AND MAINTAIN SMOOTH, FLUSH WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS.

4. NEATLY DEMOLISH WORK CALLED FOR REMOVAL. TEMPORARILY SUPPORT WORK TO REMAIN.

5. REMOVE WALLS AS INDICATED. PREPARE AND REPAIR REMAINING FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE SPECIFIED FINISHES.

6. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING FOR DEMOLITION NOT SHOWN.

DEMOLITION NOTESREMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY.

REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED.

REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED FOR NEW OPENING.

REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES. CAP PIPING AT LOCATIONS WHERE SPECIFIED FIXTURES WILL NOT BE INSTALLED - SEE PLUMBING.

REMOVE EXISTING ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISH AND BASE. CLEAN AND PREPARE EXISTING SLAB FOR SPECIFIED FLOOR FINISH.

REMOVE COUNTERTOP, CASEWORK, AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE LOCKERS AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE EXISTING BUILT-IN WOOD CASEWORK AND ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION WALL SURROUNDING CASEWORK TO EXTENT INDICATED.

REMOVE PANEL WALL SYSTEM AND SALVAGE TO OWNER.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 201.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 202.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 206.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 203.

REMOVE EXISTING SLIDING METAL STORAGE GATE AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE EXISTING COILING COUNTER DOOR AND ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE EXISTING BULKHEAD. PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE INFILL.

REMOVE STOREFRONT AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE WALL TO EXTENT INDICATED.

REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW, SILL, AND MASONRY WALL BELOW SILL TO EXTENT INDICATED. PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY.

REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD BULKHEAD.

SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CMU PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED. CLEAN AND PATCH CONCRETE SLAB FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB. REMOVE CMU TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR DECK ABOVE.

SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CMU PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED FOR NEW OPENING. CLEAN AND PATCH CONCRETE FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB. REMOVE CMU TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR DECK ABOVE.

REMOVE WOOD DOORS AND SHEVLING WITH ASSOCIATED BULKHEAD.

REMOVE WOOD FRAMED CURB AND ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE EXISTING WOOD SHELVING AND SALVAGE TO OWNER.

REMOVE EXISTING HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

Page 11: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

DJJ

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

KCF

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

A1.03

SECOND FLOOR PLAN

1

1

1

1

03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1

1

1

SECOND FLOOR PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

NORTH

B6B5

OPEN TO BELOW

DN

DN

201OFFICE

200

OFFICE/LAB

205OFFICE

202OFFICE

204OFFICE

B21

CORR

IDOR

260AOFFICE

260BOFFICE

260COFFICE

260DOFFICE

260EOFFICE

260GCLOSET 260F

MEETING

203OFFICE

207OFFICE

209OFFICE

211OFFICE

213OFFICE

217OFFICE

219OFFICE

237GRAD STUDENTS

235OFFICE

CR-2BCORRIDOR

239OFFICE

241BREAK

243OFFICE

232AOFFICE

232

PHYS GEOG LAB

234CLASSROOM

238BOFFICE

238ADMIN

238CMEETING

238A

STORAGE/ WORK

CR-2

CCO

RRID

OR

5'-2" 3 5/8" 3 5/8" 5'-2"

2'-0"

3 5/8"

2'-0"

3 5/8"

10'-9" 3 5/8"

203

204

205

206

210 211

212

9

4

2

5 5

B

B

B

A

B

A

A

A A

AB

3 3

10'-8

"3 5

/8"

2

A

221OFFICE

223OFFICE

225OFFICE

227OFFICE

215OFFICE

A1.03C

A6.02

262ELEC

67

8

4

260RECEP

202201

E

A BA1.03

DA6.02

C

A F

AA

D

A1.03B

A6.02

4208

207

237ASTORAGE

UP

213

214

ALIGN WITH EXISTING BULKHEAD

A1.03A

A6.02

D

E

E 209EE

E

E

E

215

EE

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

CR-2CCORRIDOR

9 9 10

11

11

12

12

238DCLOSET

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

20'

1

8'-1 1/2"±3 5/8"

9'-3"± 8'-0 1/2"±3 5/8"

9'-3"± 3 5/8"8'-0 1/2"±

3

3'-1 1

/2" 8 1/2"

D

ABV

ABV

5'-4"

3 5/8"

5'-0" 3 5/8"

2

12ABV

2

A1.03E

A6.02

A1.03F

A6.02

A1.03G

A6.02

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY.

REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED.

REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED FOR NEW OPENING.

REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES. CAP PIPING AT LOCATIONS WHERE SPECIFIED FIXTURES WILL NOT BE INSTALLED - SEE PLUMBING.

REMOVE EXISTING ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISH AND BASE. CLEAN AND PREPARE EXISTING SLAB FOR SPECIFIED FLOOR FINISH.

REMOVE COUNTERTOP, CASEWORK, AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE LOCKERS AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE EXISTING BUILT-IN WOOD CASEWORK AND ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION WALL SURROUNDING CASEWORK TO EXTENT INDICATED.

REMOVE PANEL WALL SYSTEM AND SALVAGE TO OWNER.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 201.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 202.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 206.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 203.

REMOVE EXISTING SLIDING METAL STORAGE GATE AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE EXISTING COILING COUNTER DOOR AND ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE EXISTING BULKHEAD. PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE INFILL.

REMOVE STOREFRONT AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE WALL TO EXTENT INDICATED.

REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW, SILL, AND MASONRY WALL BELOW SILL TO EXTENT INDICATED. PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY.

REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD BULKHEAD.

SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CMU PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED. CLEAN AND PATCH CONCRETE SLAB FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB. REMOVE CMU TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR DECK ABOVE.

SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CMU PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED FOR NEW OPENING. CLEAN AND PATCH CONCRETE FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB. REMOVE CMU TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR DECK ABOVE.

REMOVE WOOD DOORS AND SHEVLING WITH ASSOCIATED BULKHEAD.

REMOVE WOOD FRAMED CURB AND ASSOCIATED PARTS.

REMOVE EXISTING WOOD SHELVING AND SALVAGE TO OWNER.

REMOVE EXISTING HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS.

REMOVE EXISTING DOOR

INFILL EXISTING OPENING WITH 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SOUND ATTENTION INSULATION WHEN PRESENT IN EXISTING WALL.

ALIGN FACE OF WALL WITH EXISTING.

CENTER WALL ON CENTER OF WINDOW MULLION.

PROVIDE CMU INFILL OF EXISTING OPENING. TOOTH MASONRY INTO EXISTING. FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALL FINISH. PAINT BOTH SIDES OF WALL CORNER TO CORNER.

PROVIDE F-REVEAL DRYWALL TRIM AT TRANSITION FROM GWB TO EXISTING CMU. PROVIDE SEALANT ALONG EDGE OF TRIM TO CMU. PAINT TRIM, CMU, AND GWB TO MATCH EXISTING CORRIDOR WALL.

FURR-OUT EXISTING CMU WALL WITH 3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER AND 5/8" GWB ON EXPOSED FACE. PROVIDE DRYWALL TRIM AROUND PERIMETER OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. ENCLOSE EXISTING PANEL CONDUIT IN WALL FURR-OUT. ALIGN FINISH FACE OF GWB WITH PANEL COVER PLATE AND DOOR.

PROVIDE BASE AND WALL CABINETS AND COUNTERTOP. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.

PROVIDE PLASTIC-LAMINATE FACED CASE AND ADJUSTABLE SHELVING IN EXISTING WALL OPENING.

PROVIDE VCT AT DOOR ALCOVE.

PROVIDE UNIVERSITY STANDARD GLAZING FILM ON EXISTING SIDELITES. PAINT EXISTING DOOR FRAME. COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER.

PROVIDE UNIVERSITY STANDARD GLAZING FILM ON EXISTING WINDOWS.

PAINT EXISTING WOOD TRANSOM PANEL TO MATCH DOOR FRAME. COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER.

PLAN NOTES

GENERAL PLAN NOTES1. PROVIDE DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES PER DOOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET A6.01.

2. PROVIDE FINISHES PER FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A6.01 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SPECIFIED FLOORING, PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING SLAB WITH FLOOR LEVELER AS RECOMMENDED BY VINYL OR CARPET MANUFACTURER.

3. PATCH AND REPAIR INTERFACE OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS IN-KIND WITH REMAINING MATERIALS TO CONCEAL DEMOLITION AND MAINTAIN SMOOTH, FLUSH WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS.

4. PROVIDE FILM ON GLAZING ON SUITE ENTRY DOORS AND WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE UNIVERSITY STANDARD AVERY 900 SERIES ETCHMARK.

1

2

3

4

5

CEILING PLAN NOTES

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

WALL TYPESA

ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM

BASE ASSCHEDULEDFLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED

3-1/2" SOUNDATTENUATION INSULATION

3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES

EXISTING FLOOR DECK ABOVE

CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL GASKET OR FLEXIBLE SEALANT

B

ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM

BASE ASSCHEDULED

FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED

3-1/2" SOUNDATTENUATION INSULATION

3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES

6" MIN

C

ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM

BASE ASSCHEDULED

FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED

EXISTING WALL

3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB

6" MIN

D(CHASE WALL)

BASE ASSCHEDULED

FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED

3-5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES

6" MIN

E

EXISTING CEILINGTO REMAIN

BASE ASSCHEDULED

FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED

3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES

ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM

F

EXISTING BULKHEADTO REMAIN

BASE ASSCHEDULED

FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED

3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES

CONTINUOUS METAL DEFLECTION TRACK SYSTEM ATTACHED TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE

7'-6"

Page 12: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

DJJ

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

KCF

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

A1.04

FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

DN

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

20'FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

NORTH

102

101

2 x 4 RECESSED FIXTURE

2 x 4 RECESSED FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY BACKUP

2 x 2 RECESSED FIXTURE

EXIT LIGHT

SUPPLY DIFFUSER

RETURN GRILLE

CEILING PLAN SYMBOL LEGEND

CEILING PLAN NOTES1. CEILING PLAN DEPICTS CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL

DRAWINGS FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS.

2. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE TYPES.

Page 13: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

DJJ

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

KCF

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

A1.05

SECOND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

03/1/191 ADDENDUM 11

BULKHEAD BULKHEAD

SECOND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

NORTH

B29

CR-2C

260E260D

260F

260

260C260B260A

200

201

203

205

207

209

211

213

217

219

B21

202

204

259 258

237

239 241

243

238B 238C

234232

232B

CR-2

C

CR-2B

256257

215

219

221

223

225

227

235

237A

MODIFY EXISTING CEILING AT CHASE WALLS

238238A238D

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

20'

2 x 4 RECESSED FIXTURE

2 x 4 RECESSED FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY BACKUP

2 x 2 RECESSED FIXTURE

EXIT LIGHT

SUPPLY DIFFUSER

RETURN GRILLE

CEILING PLAN SYMBOL LEGEND

CEILING PLAN NOTES1. CEILING PLAN DEPICTS CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL

DRAWINGS FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS.

2. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE TYPES.

2 x 2 ASC CEILING

TYPICAL BULKHEAD DETAILSCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

2"6"

MIN

5/8" GWB

EXISTING FLOOR DECK ABOVE

CLIP CONNECTION - (2) 1/4" CONCRETE SCREWS WITH 1-1/2" MIN EMBED DEPTH

3-5/8" METAL STUD BRACE AT 8'-0" OC

(2) #10 AT STUD BRACING

Page 14: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

FLOOR WALLS CEILINGNO. ROOM NAME MATERIAL BASE MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL HEIGHT COMMENTS NO.

101 COMPUTER VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 9'-0" 101101A STORAGE VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 9'-0" 101A

200 OFFICE / LAB EXISTING EXISTING GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 200201 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 201202 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 202203 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 203204 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 204205 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 205207 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 207209 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 209211 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 211213 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 213215 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 215217 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 217219 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 219221 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 221223 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 223225 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 225227 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 227232 PHYS GEOG LAB VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 232

232A OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 232B234 CLASSROOM CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 9'-0" 234235 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 235237 GRAD STUDENTS CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 237

237A STORAGE VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 237A238 ADMINISTRATION CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 238

238A STORAGE/WORK CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 238A238B OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 238B238C MEETING CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 238C238D CLOSET CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 238D239 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 239241 BREAK VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 241243 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 243255 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 255256 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 258257 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 259258 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 258259 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 259260 RECEP CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260

260A OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260A260B OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260B260C OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260C260D OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260D260E OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260E260F MEETING CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260F260G CLOSET CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 260G262 ELEC VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 262B-21 CORRIDOR EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING B-21

CR-2B CORRIDOR VCT/EXISTING RUBBER/EXISTING GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING / ASC EXISTING / 8'-8" ASC AT CLASSROOM 234 ALCOVES CR-2BCR2C CORRIDOR EXISTING RUBBER/EXISTING GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING PAINT CORNER TO CORNER OF WALL AT INFILL CR2C

DJJ

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

KCF

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

A6.01

SCHEDULES & DETAILS

FINISH SCHEDULE

DOOR FRAME HARDWARE

NO. WIDTH HEIGHT THICK. MATL. CORE FINISH TYPE MATL FINISH TYPE DETAILJAMB HEAD/

1-1/2

PR.

HIN

GES

FLO

OR S

TOP

WAL

L STO

P

PAS

SAGE

LATC

H

ENT

RANC

E LO

CK

STO

RERO

OM LO

CK

CLO

SER

COMMENTS NO.

E EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING HARDWARE TO REMAIN E

101 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A B X X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 101

201 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING A HM PAINT A B X X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 201202 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING B HM PAINT B B X X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 202203 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING D HM PAINT A C X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 203204 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN D HM PAINT A C X X X 204205 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN B HM PAINT A B X X X 205206 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING D HM PAINT A B X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 206207 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A D X X X X 20-MINUTE RATED DOOR 207208 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A D X X X 208209 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING D EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING HARDWARE TO REMAIN 209210 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN C HM PAINT A D X X X X 210211 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN C HM PAINT A C X X X X 211212 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A C X X X 212213 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN D HM PAINT A C X X X 213214 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A A X X X 214215 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN C EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING X X X 215

DOOR SCHEDULE

C

1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING

SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOOR

6" 6"

6"3'-

4"

FROSTED FILM - UNIVERSITY STANDARD

FRAME TYPE

HOLLOW METAL FRAME

A

2"7'-

0"

7'-2"

2" 2"ASSCHEDULED

D

1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING

SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOOR

6" 1'-0"

6"3'-

4"

DOOR TYPES

A B

SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOOR

1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING

SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOOR

6" 6"

6"10

"

FROSTED FILM - UNIVERSITY STANDARD

HOLLOW METAL FRAME

B

2"7'-

0"

7'-2"

2"2"SCHEDULED

AS 2'-0"2" 2"

2'-0"

2'-6"

2"2"

NOTE: WHERE EXISTING DOORS ARE NOTED TO BE REUSED, MODIFY EXISTING DOOR TO RECEIVE LITE KIT WHERE REQUIRED

C

HEAD

JAMB

HM DOOR FRAME

CONTINUOUS SEALANT

HM DOOR FRAME2"

6 1/8"

2"

5/8" GWB OVER 3 5/8"METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER

6 1/8"

ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION

HEAD & JAMB DETAILSSCALE: 1" = 1'-0"

4 7/8"

5/8" GWB OVER 3 5/8"METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER

CONTINUOUS SEALANT

ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION

JAMB

HM DOOR FRAME - GROUT SOLID

A

6" CMU - TOOTH NEW CMU INTO EXISTING

JAMB ANCHOR - 3 PER JAMB

CONTINUOUS SEALANT (TYPICAL)

HEAD

6 3/4"

2"

6 3/4"

2"

HM DOOR FRAME

EXISTING CMU

CONTINUOUS SEALANT (TYPICAL)

MASONRY LINTEL

B

HEAD

JAMB

HM DOOR FRAME

CONTINUOUS SEALANT

HM DOOR FRAME2"6 1/8"±

2"

EXISTING PARTITION WALL

6 1/8"±

EXISTING PARTITION WALL

CONTINUOUS SEALANT

JAMBHM DOOR FRAME - GROUT SOLID

D

6" CMU - TOOTH NEW CMU INTO EXISTING BELOW EXISTING WINDOW SILL HEIGHTJAMB ANCHOR - 3 PER JAMBCONTINUOUS SEALANT (TYPICAL)

HEAD

6 3/4"±

2"

6 3/4"±

2"

HM DOOR FRAME

EXISTING CMU

CONTINUOUS SEALANT (TYPICAL)

EXISTING MASONRY LINTEL

EXISTING GWB

5/8" GWB - TURN BACK TO FRAME

VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY

VERIFYVERIFYVERIFYVERIFY

SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"

THRESHOLD DETAILSCALE: 1" = 1'-0"

DOOR PANEL

EXISTING VCT

VINYL TRANSITION STRIP

CARPET

VCT - MATCH EXISTING

Page 15: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

DJJ

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

KCF

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

A6.02

INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1

1

PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE CABINETS

PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP

ADJUSTABLE SHELVING- TYPICAL

ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

BA1.03 A6.02

12" DEEP PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL CABINETS

16" DEEP WALL CABINET

2'-9" 1'-3" 2'-3"

2'-9" 1'-3" 2'-3"

6'-4"

FILLER

1'-9 1

/2"2'-

10 1/

2"1 1

/2"2'-

4 1/2"

4"

2'-2"

16" DEEP MAIL SLOT CABINET

FILLER

6'-4"

A6.02 A6.021

FINISHED END PANEL

FINISHED END PANEL

A1.03

REFRIGERATOR(NIC)

PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE CABINETS

PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP

ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

A

FILLER

5'-1 1/2"

2'-4 1

/2"4"

A6.02

2'-0" 3'-0"

1 1/2" MICRO

(NIC)

FINISHED END PANEL

2'-10

"

PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED BASE CABINETS

PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH

ADJUSTABLE SHELVING- TYPICAL

PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED WALL CABINETS

2'-6"

2'-2 1

/2"1 1

/2"2'-

4"4"

FILLER FILLER

5'-9"

2'-6" 3'-0"

FILLER

5'-9"

2'-6" 1'-0" 2'-2"

REF (NIC)

3/4" LAMINATE ADJUSTABLE SHELVING- TYPICAL

E

ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

CA1.03 A6.02

3'-3"±

ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

DA1.03 A6.02

PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE CABINETS

PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP

ADJUSTABLE SHELVING- TYPICAL

PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL CABINETS

6'-7 1/2"

FILLER

FILLER

6'-7 1/2"

2'-6" 1'-6" 2'-6"

2'-6"

2'-2"

1 1/2"

2'-4 1

/2"4"

2'-6" 1'-6" 2'-6"

FINISHED END PANEL

CASEWORK SECTIONSCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"

1A6.02 A6.02

RUBBER BASE

PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED BASE CABINET

PLASTIC-LAMINATE FACED COUNTERTOP

SEALED WOOD CABINET INTERIOR

1 1/2"

2'-4 1

/2"4"

PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED DOOR AND DRAWER FRONT

2'-1"

2'-0"

1'-0"

PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED DOOR

SEALED WOOD CABINET INTERIOR

SEALED SOLID WOOD ADJUSTABLE SHELVING

SEALANT

3/4" = 1'- 0"

0 6" 1' 2' 4'

ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

EA1.03 A6.02

REFRIG(NIC)

DRYER RACK(OFCI)

PLASTIC-LAMINATE OPEN CABINET WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVING

FINISHED END PANEL

FINISHED END PANEL

EPOXY RESIN COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH

UNDERMOUNT EPOXY RESIN SINK

PULL-OUT SHELVING BASE CABINET

PLASTIC-LAMINATE DRAWER BASE CABINET

2'-0" 3'-0" 2'-6" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" 2'-0"

KNEE SPACE

2'-0"

1 1/2"

4"2'-

4 1/2"

PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL CABINET

PLASTIC LAMINATE OPEN CABINET WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVING

PLASTIC LAMINATE SINK BASE CABINET

PLASTIC-LAMINATE DRAWER BASE CABINET

ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

FA1.03 A6.02

ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

GA1.03 A6.02

1 1/2"

2'-8 1

/2"

2'-4 1

/2"2'-

3" M

IN

1 1/2"

2'-8 1

/2"

2'-4 1

/2"2'-

3" M

IN2'-0" 4'-2 1/2" 1'-3" 2'-6"1'-6" 4'-0" 3'-0" 2'-3" FILLER

PLASTIC-LAMINATE COUNTERTOP

PLASTIC-LAMINATE BASE CABINET

PLASTIC-LAMINATE DRAWER BASE

FINISHED END PANEL - TYPICAL AT EXPOSED ENDS

PLASTIC-LAMINATE APRON

PLASTIC-LAMINATE DRAWER BASE CABINET

PLASTIC-LAMINATE PULL-OUT SHELVING BASE CABINET

HM FRAME TRANSOM WINDOW IN EXISTING WALL2'-

0"5'-

2"

4'-0" 3"

FILLER 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-6" FILLER

3'-0"

2'-0"

BOOKSHELF(NIC)

PLASTIC-LAMINATE WALL CABINET WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVING

Page 16: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

01/21/19

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

SPG

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

DJJ

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A9.01

SPECIFICATIONS

1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

A. PROTECT METAL FRAMING UNITS FROM RUSTING AND DAMAGE. DELIVER TO THE PROJECTSITE IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED CONTAINERS OR BUNDLES, CLEARLY IDENTIFIED WITH NAME, BRAND, TYPE, AND GRADE. STORE OFF THE GROUND IN A DRY VENTILATED SPACE, OR PROTECT WITH APPROVED WATERPROOF COVERING.

1.3 FABRICATION

A. ATTACH SIMILAR COMPONENTS BY WELDING OR WITH SELF TAPPING SCREWS RECOMMENDED, OR REQUIRED, BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE INSTALLATION INDICATED. ATTACHED DISSIMILAR COMPONENTS BY WELDING, BOLTING, OR SCREW FASTENING, PER MANUFACTURER STANDARDS. WIRE TYING OF FRAMING COMPONENTS IS NOT PERMITTED.

1.4 INSTALLATION

A. INSTALL METAL FRAMING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.

B. RUNNER TRACKS: INSTALL CONTINUOUS TRACKS SIZED TO MATCH STUDS. ALIGN TRACKS ACCURATELY TO THE LAYOUT AT BASE AND TOP OF STUDS. SECURE TRACKS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE STUD MANUFACTURER FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION INVOLVED. DO NOT EXCEED 24" O.C. SPACING FOR NAIL OR POWER-DRIVEN FASTENERS; DO NOT EXCEED 16" O.C. FOR OTHER TYPES OF ATTACHMENT. PROVIDE FASTEN ERS AT CORNERS AND ENDS OF TRACKS.

C. SET STUDS PLUM, EXCEPT AS NEEDED FOR DIAGONAL BRACING OR REQUIRED FOR NON-PLUMB WALLS OR WARPED SURFACES AND SIMILAR REQUIREMENTS.

D. WHEN STUD SYSTEM ABUTS STRUCTURAL COLUMNS OR WALLS, INCLUDING MASONRY WALLS AND CONCRETE WALLS, ANCHOR END OF STIFFENERS TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURE.

E. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BLOCKING, AND BRACING WHERE WALLS OR PARTITIONS ARE INDICATED TO SUPPORT FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, CASEWORK, HEAVY TRIM, AND FURNISHING OR SIMILAR WORK REQUIRING ATTACHMENT TO THE WALL/PARTITION. WHERE TYPE OF SUPPORT IS NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS, CONSIDERING THE WEIGHT/LOAD RESULTING FOR THE ITEM SUPPORTED.

SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.1 MATERIALS

A. WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL1. LUMBER: DOC PS 20 AND APPLICABLE RULES OF GRADING AGENCIES INDICATED. IF NO

GRADING AGENCY IS INDICATED, PROVIDE LUMBER THAT COMPLIES WITH THE APPLICABLE RULES OF ANY RULES-WRITING AGENCY CERTIFIED BY THE ALSC BOARD OF REVIEW. PROVIDE LUMBER GRADED BY AN AGENCY CERTIFIED BY THE ALSC BOARD OF REVIEW TO INSPECT AND GRADE LUMBER UNDER THE RULES INDICATED.a. FACTORY MARK EACH PIECE OF LUMBER WITH GRADE STAMP OF GRADING AGENCY.b. PROVIDE DRESSED LUMBER, S4S, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

2. MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF LUMBER: 19 PERCENT.

B. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS1. GENERAL: WHERE FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS ARE INDICATED, USE MATERIALS

COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THIS ARTICLE, THAT ARE ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND WITH FIRE-TEST-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFIED AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS PER TEST METHOD INDICATED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY.

2. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD BY PRESSURE PROCESS: PRODUCTS WITH A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84, AND WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION WHEN THE TEST IS EXTENDED AN ADDITIONAL 20 MINUTES, AND WITH THE FLAME FRONT NOT EXTENDING MORE THAN 10.5 FEET (3.2 M) BEYOND THE CENTERLINE OF THE BURNERS AT ANY TIME DURING THE TEST.a. EXTERIOR TYPE: TREATED MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED

ABOVE FOR FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD BY PRESSURE PROCESS AFTER BEING SUBJECTED TO ACCELERATED WEATHERING ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2898. USE FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND WHERE INDICATED.

b. INTERIOR TYPE A: TREATED MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A MOISTURE CONTENT OF 28 PERCENT OR LESS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM D 3201 AT 92 PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY. USE WHERE EXTERIOR TYPE IS NOT INDICATED.

3. KILN-DRY LUMBER AFTER TREATMENT TO A MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19 PERCENT.4. IDENTIFY FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION MARKING

OF QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY.5. GENERAL: PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER AS FOLLOWS:

a.BLOCKING.b.NAILERS.c. FURRING.d.GROUNDS.

6. FOR ITEMS OF DIMENSION LUMBER SIZE, PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION OR NO. 2 GRADE LUMBER OF ANY SPECIES.

7. FOR CONCEALED BOARDS, PROVIDE LUMBER WITH 19 PERCENT MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT.

SECTION 064116 - PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED WOOD CASEWORK1.1 CABINETS

A. BASIS OF DESIGN: PREFINISHED CASEWORK MANUFACTURED BY WOOD-MODE FINE CUSTOM CABINETRY, OR EQUAL, ONE SECOND STREET, KREAMER, PA 17833. MODEL: BROOKHAVEN VISTA LAMINATE, OVERLAY.

 B. FRONT EDGES:SHALL BE EDGE BANDED W/ LAMINATE TO MATCH THE COLOR SPECIFIED ON THE

ORDER FOR THE FINISHED SIDES C. DOORS: SHALL BE 3/4" MINIMUM THICK OVERLAY PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION W/ SELF-CLOSING

ADJUSTABLE CONCEALED HINGES. NO EXPOSED REVEAL BETWEEN CABINETS AND BETWEEN DOORS AND DRAWERHEADS. TWO DOORS WILL BE USED ON CASES ABOVE 24" IN WIDTH.

 D. DRAWERS: MAPLE DOVETAIL DRAWERBOX: DRAWER-HEADS SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK, W/ OVERLAY

CONSTRUCTION. DRAWER-BOXES SHALL BE MADE OF 5/8" MIN THICK SOLID MAPLE LUMBER, W/ SIDES DOVETAILED AND GLUED INTO FRONT & BACK. "B" DRAWERS HAVE FULL HEIGHT FRONTS, BACKS AND SIDES. DRAWER BOTTOMS OF MAPLE PLYWOOD SHALL BE LET INTO THE SIDES, FRONTS, AND BACKS. DRAWERHEADS SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE DRAWERBOXES WITH SCREWS. DRAWERS ARE MOUNTED ON BLUM TANDEM FULL EXTENSIONS SLIDES WITH SOFT CLOSE FEATURE.

 E. DRAWER SLIDES: SHALL BE FULL EXTENSION SIDE MOUNT TYPE MADE OF HEAVY DUTY GAUGE

STEEL DESIGNED FOR SMOOTH OPERATION WITH GOOD LATERAL STABILITY AND LOAD CAPACITY. DRAWER SLIDES SHALL BE BLUM FULL EXTENSION, WITH A SOFT CLOSE FEATURE & SHALL INCORPORATE A POSITIVE STOP.

 F. SIDES: EXPOSED CABINET SIDES SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK PLYWOOD W/ WOOD VENEER ON THE

EXPOSED SIDE & NATURAL FINISHED MAPLE VENEER ON THE INTERIOR. CONCEALED CABINET SIDES SHALL BE 11/16" MIN THICK PLYWOOD WITH NATURAL FINISHED MAPLE VENEER ON BOTH SIDES. TONGUE & GROOVE CONSTRUCTION W/ ADHESIVE.

 G. BOTTOMS & TOPS OF WALL CABINETS: MATERIALS SHALL BE 5/8" MIN THICK PLYWOOD W/ MAPLE

VENEER ON BOTH SIDES THE EXTERIOR OF THE BOTTOM IS TONED TO MATCH THE CABINET FINISH. THE INTERIOR OF THE BOTTOM AND BOTH SIDES OF THE TOP ARE FINISHED NATURAL. TOPS & BOTTOMS ARE TONGUED, GROOVED & GLUED TO THE FRONT FRAME.

 H. BOTTOMS OF BASE CABINETS: MATERIALS SHALL BE 11/16" MIN PLYWOOD SURFACED INSIDE AND

OUTSIDE W/ MAPLE VENEER ON BOTH SIDES. TOPS & BOTTOMS SHALL BE DOWELED AND GLUED TO THE CABINET SIDES.

SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. DEMOLITION INCLUDES THE COMPLETE WRECKING OF ITEMS OF EXISTING WORK INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND THE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. DEMOLITION SHALL INCLUDE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED TO PERMIT CONSTRUCTION OF WORK CALLED FOR IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THIS WORK.

1.2 CONDITION OF THE BUILDING

A. CONDITION OF BUILDING - CONDITIONS EXISTING AT THE TIME OF INSPECTION FOR BIDDING PURPOSES WILL BE MAINTAINED BY THE OWNER IN SO FAR AS PRACTICABLE. HOWEVER, VARIATIONS WITHIN THE STRUCTURE MAY OCCUR BY OWNER'S REMOVAL AND SALVAGE OPERATIONS PRIOR TO THE START OF THE DEMOLITION WORK.

B. ASBESTOS – IT IS NOT EXPECTED THAT ASBESTOS WILL BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE WORK IN AREAS OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED IN ASBESTOS ABATEMENT NOTE ON COVER SHEET AND IDENTIFIED IN THE ASBESTOS REPORT. IF ANY MATERIALS SUSPECTED OF CONTAINING ASBESTOS ARE ENCOUNTERED, OTHER THAN THOSE IDENTIFIED TO BE ABATED IN THE CONTRACT, DO NOT DISTURB THE MATERIALS. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.

C. LEAD-BASED PAINT – IF ANY MATERIALS SUSPECTED OF CONTAINING LEAD ARE ENCOUNTERED, DO NOT DISTURB THE MATERIALS. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.

D. PARTIAL REMOVAL - ITEMS OF SALVAGEABLE VALUE TO THE CONTRACTOR MAY BE REMOVED FROM THE STRUCTURE AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. SALVAGED ITEMS MUST BE TRANSPORTED FROM THE SITE AS THEY ARE REMOVED. STORAGE OR SALES OF REMOVED ITEMS ON THE SITE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.

E. TRAFFIC - CONDUCT DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND THE REMOVAL OF DEBRIS TO ENSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, WALKS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES.

F. DO NOT CLOSE OR OBSTRUCT STREETS, WALKS OR OTHER OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE ALTERNATE ROUTES AROUND CLOSED OR OBSTRUCTED TRAFFIC WAYS IF REQUIRED BY GOVERNING REGULATIONS.

G. PROTECTIONS1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION TO PROTECT

OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK.

2. ENSURE THE SAFE PASSAGE OF PERSONS AROUND THE AREA OF DEMOLITION. CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO PREVENT INJURY TO ADJACENT BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, OTHER FACILITIES, AND PERSONS. ERECT TEMPORARY COVERED PASSAGEWAYS AS REQUIRED.

3. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY INSULATED DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS WHERE REQUIRED TO SEPARATE AREAS WHERE NOISY OR EXTENSIVE DIRT OR DUST OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED. EQUIP PARTITIONS WITH DUSTPROOF DOORS AND SECURITY LOCKS.

4. REMOVE PROTECTIONS AT COMPLETION OF WORK.

H. DAMAGES - PROMPTLY REPAIR DAMAGES TO BUILDING AND ADJACENT FACILITIES OR PROPERTY BY DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OPERATIONS AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. ALL REPAIRS TO THE BUILDING, BUILDING STRUCTURE, OR ADJACENT PROPERTY SHALL BE MADE FOLLOWING REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.

I. TRAFFIC - CONDUCT SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND DEBRIS REMOVAL TO ENSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, WALKS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES. DO NOT CLOSE, BLOCK, OR OTHERWISE OBSTRUCT STREETS, WALKS, OR OTHER OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE ALTERNATE ROUTES AROUND CLOSED OR OBSTRUCTED TRAFFIC WAYS IF REQUIRED BY GOVERNING REGULATIONS.

J. UTILITY SERVICES - MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES, INDICATED TO REMAIN, KEEP IN SERVICE, AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS.

2.1 DEMOLITION

A. POLLUTION CONTROLS - USE WATER SPRINKLING, TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, AND OTHER SUITABLE METHODS TO LIMIT THE AMOUNT OF DUST AND DIRT RISING AND SCATTERING IN THE AIR TO THE LOWEST PRACTICAL LEVEL.1. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION.

2. DO NOT USE WATER WHEN IT MAY CREATE HAZARDOUS OR OBJECTIONABLE CONDITIONS SUCH AS ICE, FLOODING, AND POLLUTION.

3. CLEAN REMAINING AND ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS OF DUST, DIRT, AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY DEMOLITION OPERATIONS, AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT AND/OR GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO CONDITION EXISTING PRIOR TO THE START OF THE WORK.

4. PROCEED WITH DEMOLITION IN A SYSTEMATIC MANNER.

5. DEMOLISH CONCRETE AND MASONRY IN SMALL SECTIONS AND IN A MANNER SO AS NOT TODAMAGE CONCRETE STRUCTURE AND MASONRY WORK WHICH IS TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED.

6. LOCATE DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT THROUGHOUT THE STRUCTURE AND REMOVE MATERIALS SO AS TO NOT IMPOSE EXCESSIVE LOADS TO SUPPORTING WALLS, ROOFS, FLOORS OR STRUCTURE.

B. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS1. GENERAL - REMOVE FROM THE SITE DEBRIS, RUBBISH, AND OTHER MATERIALS RESULTING

FROM DEMOLITION OPERATIONS.2. BURNING OF REMOVED MATERIALS FROM DEMOLISHED ITEMS IS NOT PERMITTED ON THE

SITE.3. REMOVAL - TRANSPORT MATERIALS REMOVED FROM DEMOLISHED STRUCTURES AND

DISPOSE OF OFF THE SITE IN COMPLETE COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE LAWS, REGULATIONS, AND ORDINANCES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING AN APPROVED DISPOSAL SITE.

SECTION 054000 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING1.1 MATERIALS

A. QUALITY ASSURANCE: COMPUTE STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF STUDS AND JOISTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS."

B. LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING UNIT TYPE: 'C' SHAPED STEEL STUDS, 18-GAUGE MEETING ASTM C 955, FABRICATED FROM STRUCTURAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 40,000 PSI; ASTM A 446, A 570, OR A 611.1. PROVIDE WITH A GALVANIZED FINISH COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 525 FOR MINIMUM G 60

COATING.

C. SYSTEM COMPONENTS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STEEL RUNNERS/TRACKS, BLOCKING, LINTELS, CLIP ANGLES, SHOES, REINFORCEMENTS, FASTENERS, AND ACCESSORIES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATIONS INDICATED. PROVIDE A COMPLETE METAL FRAMING SYSTEM.1. STUD TRACK: 20-GAUGE MEETING ASTM C 645 AND ASTM A 568 FABRICATED FROM

STRUCTURAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 3,000 PSI. PROVIDE WITH A GALVANIZED FINISH COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 525.

D. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: U.S. GYPSUM; DIETRICH INDUSTRIES, INC.; GOLD BOND.

IN FINISHED SURFACE OF FIREPROOFING. REMOVE MINOR PROJECTIONS AND FILL VOIDS THAT WOULD TELEGRAPH THROUGH FIRE-RESISTIVE PRODUCTS AFTER APPLICATION.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. COMPLY WITH FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTION FOR MIXING MATERIALS, APPLICATION PROCEDURES, AND TYPES OF EQUIPMENT USED TO MIX, CONVEY, AND APPLY FIREPROOFING; AS APPLICABLE TO PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION AND AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED.

B. COORDINATE APPLICATION OF FIREPROOFING WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION TO MINIMIZE NEED TO CUT OR REMOVE FIREPROOFING.1. DO NOT BEGIN APPLYING FIREPROOFING UNTIL CLIPS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, SLEEVES, AND OTHER ITEMS PENETRATING FIREPROOFING ARE IN PLACE.

C. DEFER INSTALLING DUCTS, PIPING, AND OTHER ITEMS THAT WOULD INTERFERE WITH APPLYING FIREPROOFING UNTIL APPLICATION OF FIREPROOFING IS COMPLETED. INSTALL AUXILIARY MATERIALS AS REQUIRED, AND ACCORDING TO FIRE-RESISTANCE DESIGN AND FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CONDITIONS OF EXPOSURE AND INTENDED USE. FOR AUXILIARY MATERIALS, USE ATTACHMENT AND ANCHORAGE DEVICES OF TYPE RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER.

D. SPRAY APPLY FIREPROOFING TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. FOLLOWING THE SPRAYING OPERATION IN EACH AREA, COMPLETE THE COVERAGE BY TROWEL APPLICAITON OR OTHER PLACEMENT METHOD REOCMMENDED IN WRITING BY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER.

E. EXTEND FIREPROOFING IN FULL THICKNESS OVER ENTIRE AREA OF EACH SUBSTRATE TO BE PROTECTED.

F. INSTALL BODY OF FIREPROOFING IN A SINGLE COURSE UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER.

G. PROVIDE A UNIFORM FINISH COMPLYING WITH DESCRIPTION INDICATED FOR EACH TYPE OF FIREPROOFING MATERIAL.

H. CURE FIREPROOFING ACCORDING TO FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS.

I. DO NOT INSTALL ENCLOSING OR CONCEALING CONSTRUCTION UNTIL AFTER FIREPROOFING HAS BEEN APPLIED, INSPECTED, AND TESTED AND CORRECTION HABE BEEN MADE TO DEFICIENT APPLICATIONS.

3.4 CLEANING, PROTECTING, AND REPAIRING

A. CLEANING: IMMEDIATELY AFTER COMPLETING SPRAYING OPERATIONS IN EACH CONTAINABLE AREA OF PROJECT, REMOVE MATERIAL OVERSPRAY AND FALLOUT FROM SURFACES OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION AND CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES TO REMOVE EVIDENCE OF SOILING.

B. PROTECT FIREPROOFING FROM DAMAGE RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS OR OTHER CAUSES, ACCORDING TO ADVICE OF MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER, SUCH THAT FIREPROOFING WILL BE WITHOUT DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.

C. AS INSTALLATION OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION PROCEEDS, INSPECT FIREPROOFING AND REPAIR DAMAGED AREAS AND FIREPROOFING REMOVED DUE TO WORK OF OTHER TRADES.

D. REPAIR FIREPROOFING DAMAGED BY OTHER WORK BEFORE CONCEALING IT WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION.

E. REPAIR FIREPROOFING BY REAPPLYING IT, USING SAME METHOD AS ORIGINAL INSTALLATION OR USING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED TROWEL-APPLIED PRODUCT.

SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS 1.1 ELASTOMERIC SEALANT COMPOUNDS A. ONE COMPONENT POLYURETHANE SEALANT

1. ASTM C 920, CLASS A, TYPE I (SELF‑LEVELING) EXCEPT TYPE II FOR JOINTS WHICH ARE NOT HORIZONTAL.

2. PROVIDE BITUMINOUS‑MODIFIED PRODUCT WHERE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.

B. MILDEW‑RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT: 1 PART, ASTM C 920, CLASS A, RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN INTERIOR WET AREAS, ACID TYPE, EXCEPT NON‑ACID TYPE WHERE ONE OR BOTH JOINT SURFACES ARE POROUS.

1.2 CAULKING COMPOUNDS

A. PROVIDE ONE COMPONENT POLYURETHANE CAULKING ‑ ASTM C 920, CLASS A, TYPE I (SELF-LEVELING), EXCEPT TYPE II IF JOINTS ARE NOT HORIZONTAL.

1.3 JOINT FILLERS AND SEALANT BACKERS A. BITUMINOUS/FIBER JOINT FILLER: ASTM D 1751, TYPE I, AND AASHO M 213.

B. CLOSED‑CELL SEMI‑RIGID PLASTIC JOINT FILLER: NON‑STAINING, COMPRESSIBLE, LOW MODULUS OF ELASTICITY BUT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR RETAINING POURED CONCRETE SLABS.

C. SEALANT BACKER ROD: NON‑ABSORPTIVE CLOSED‑CELL (OR JACKETED OPEN CELL) COMPRESSIBLE/FLEXIBLE PLASTIC/RUBBER ROD STOCK WHICH IS COMPATIBLE WITH SEALANT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION (POLYETHYLENE, BUTYL, NEOPRENE, POLYURETHANE, PVC).

D. OAKUM JOINT FILLER: HEMP OR JUTE, FREE OF OIL AND TAR.

E. BOND BREAKER TAPE: POLYETHYLENE OR OTHER PLASTIC TAPE WHICH WILL NOT BOND TO SEALANT, SELF‑ADHESIVE.

1.4 JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION: A. CLEAN JOINT SURFACES IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION OF SEALANT OR CAULKING

COMPOUND. REMOVE DIRT, INSECURE COATINGS, MOISTURE AND OTHER SUBSTANCES WHICH WOULD INTERFERE WITH BOND OF SEALANT OR CAULKING COMPOUND.

B. FOR ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS, DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION OF SEALANT OVER JOINT SURFACES WHICH HAVE BEEN PAINTED, LACQUERED, WATERPROOFED OR TREATED WITH WATER REPELLENT OR OTHER TREATMENT OR COATING UNLESS A LABORATORY TEST FOR DURABILITY (ADHESION), HAS SUCCESSFULLY DEMONSTRATED THAT SEALANT BOND IS NOT IMPAIRED BY COATING OR TREATMENT. IF LABORATORY TEST HAS NOT BEEN PERFORMED, OR SHOWS BOND INTERFERENCE, REMOVE COATING OR TREATMENT FROM JOINT SURFACES BEFORE INSTALLING SEALANT.

C. ETCH CONCRETE AND MASONRY JOINT SURFACES TO REMOVE EXCESS ALKALINITY, UNLESS SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS INDICATE THAT ALKALINITY DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH SEALANT BOND AND PERFORMANCE.

D. ROUGHEN JOINT SURFACES ON VITREOUS COATED AND SIMILAR NON‑POROUS MATERIALS, WHERE SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S DATA INDICATES LOWER BOND STRENGTH THAN FOR POROUS SURFACES. RUB WITH FINE ABRASIVE TO PRODUCE A DULL SHEEN.

1.7 INSTALLATION: A. COMPLY WITH SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS EXCEPT WHERE MORE

STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED AND EXCEPT WHERE MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTS OTHERWISE.

I. TOE BASE: SEPARATE TOE BASE WILL BE A CONTINUOUS LADDER TYPE. CONSTRUCTED OF 3/4" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD. CABINET SIDE WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO DIRECTLY CONTACT THE FLOOR. EXPOSED SURFACE WILL BE UNFINISHED TO BE COVERED WITH RUBBER BASE. RUBBER BASE SHALL BE FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY OTHERS.

 J. BACKS: SHALL BE 5/32" MINIMUM HARDBOARD, SURFACED W/ MAPLE VENEER. BACKS SHALL BE

TONGUED AND GROOVED INTO CABINET SIDES, GLUED & PINNED IN PLACE. BACKS SHALL BE LET INTO SIDES FOR TIGHT, SANITARY CORNERS. BACKS AND WALLS OF BASE AND TALL CABINETS SHALL BE PLYWOOD W/ NATURAL FINISHED MAPLE VENEER ON THE INSIDE.

 K. APPLIED PANELS: SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION & MATCH DOOR FRONT

STYLE. NO REVEAL BETWEEN PANELS AND STOCK CABINET UNITS. L. SHELVES: MATERIALS SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK PLYWOOD W/ NATURAL FINISHED MAPLE VENEER

BOTH SIDES. LONG EDGES SHALL BE BANDED WITH MAPLE VENEER EDGEBANDING. SHELVES SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE ON PLUG CLIPS, AND SHALL BE ROUTED BENEATH FOR A POSITIVE STOP FEATURE.

 M. FILLER PANELS: SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK SOLID WOOD CONSTRUCTION LIKE DOOR

CONSTRUCTION. N. MATERIALS: LUMBER SHALL BE PROPERLY AIR DRIED & SCIENTIFICALLY KILN-DRIED IN A

CONTROLLED PRE-DRYER & KILNS TO A MOISTURE CONTENT OF 6% TO 8%, THEN TEMPERED BEFORE FABRICATION.

 O. PULLS: BERENSON HARDWARE; TEMPO COLLECTION; BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH. PLACE ALL PULLS

HORIZONTALLY, CENTERED ON DOOR OR DRAWER WIDTH. PROVIDE PULLS AT 8" LENGTH.

1.2 COUNTERTOP

A. COUNTERTOP MATERIALS1. WOOD PRODUCTS:

a.SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: DOC PS 1.b.VENEER-FACED PANEL PRODUCTS (HARDWOOD PLYWOOD): HPVA HP-1, MADE WITH ADHESIVE CONTAINING NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE.

2. HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE: NEMA LD 3, GRADES AS INDICATED OR IF NOT INDICATED, AS REQUIRED BY WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARD.

3. EDGE TREATMENT: MATCH COUNTERTOP SURFCE.4. CORE THICKNESS: 3/4-INCH.

a.BUILD UP COUNTERTOP THICKNESS TO 1-1/2 INCHES AT FRONT, BACK, AND ENDS WITH ADDITIONAL LAYERS OF CORE MATERIAL LAMINATED TO TOP.

B. ACCESSORIES1. GROMMETS FOR CABLE PASSAGE THROUGH COUNTERTOPS: 2-INCH OD, BLACK

MOLDED-PLASTIC GROMMETS AND MATCH PLASTIC CAPS WITH SLOT FOR WIRE PASSAGE.

SECTION 072100 - INSULATION1.1 BATT INSULATION

A. SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION: UNFACED, GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION, ASTM C 655, TYPE 1, MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 50 PER ASTM E84.

1.2 ACCESSORIES

A. TAPE: POLYETHYLENE SELF-ADHERING TAPE.B. ADHESIVE: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION.C. FASTENERS: IMPALE CLIP OF GALVANIZED STEEL.

1.4 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION

A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE, ADJACENT MATERIALS, AND INSULATION BOARDS ARE DRY AND READY TO RECEIVE INSULATION.

1.4 INSTALLATION – BATT INSULATION

A. INSTALL INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSULATION MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.B. FIT INSULATION TIGHT IN SPACES. LEAVE NO GAPS OR VOIDS.C. INSTALL FRICTION FIT INSULATION TIGHT TO FRAMING MEMBERS, COMPLETELY FILLING PREPARED

SPACES.

SECTION 078100 - APPLIED FIREPROOFINGPART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. FIRE-RESISTANCE DESIGN: TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 119 OR UL 263.

PART 2 - MATERIAL

2.1 SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS

A. INTERMEDIATE DURABILITY SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIAL FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO VIEW: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, FACTORY-MIXED, LIGHTWEIGHT, DRY FORMULATION, COMPLYING WITH INDICATED FIRE-RESISTANCE DESIGN, CONTAINING NO ASBESTOS, AND MIXED WITH WATER AT PROJECT SITE TO FORM A SLURRY OR MORTAR BEFORE CONVEYANCE AND APPLICATION.1. FUNGAL RESISTANCE: TREAT PRODUCTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ANTIMICROBIAL

FORMULATION TO A RESULT IN NO GROWTH ON SPECIMENTS PER ASTM G 21.2. FINISH: ROLLED, SPRAY-TEXTURE FINISH: EVEN FINISH PRODUCED BY ROLLING

SPRAY-APPLIED FINISH WITH A DAMP PAINT ROLLER TO REMOVE DRIPPINGS AND EXCESSIVE ROUGHNESS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING:1. SUBSTRATES ARE FREE OF DIRT, OIL, GREASE, RELEASE AGENTS, ROLLING COMPOUNDS,

MILL SCALE, LOOSE SCALE, INCOMPATIBLE PRIMERS, PAINTS, AND ENCAPSULATNS, OR OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES CAPABLE OF IMPAIRING BOND OF FIREPROOFING WITH SUBSTRATES UNDER CONDITIONS OF NORMAL USE OR FIRE EXPOSURE.

2. OBJECTS PENETRATING FIREPROOFING, INCLUDING CLIPS, HANGERS, SUPPORT SLEVES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS, ARE SECURELY ATTACHED TO SUBSTRATES.

3. SUBSTRATES RECEIVING FIREPROOFING ARE NOT OBSTRUCTED BY DUCTS, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, OR OTHER SUSPENDED CONSTRUCTION THAT WILL INTERFERE WITH FIREPROOFING APPLICATION.

B. CONDUCT TESTS ACCORDING TO FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION TO VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES ARE FREE OF SUBSTANCES CAPABLE OF INTERFERING WITH BOND.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. COVER WORK SUBJECT TO DAMAGE FROM FALLOUT OR OVERSPRAY OF FIREPROOFING MATERIALS DURING APPLICATION.

B. CLEAN SUBSTRATES OF SUBSTANCES THAT COULD IMPAIR BOND OF FIREPROOFING.

C. PRIME SUBSTRATES WHERE RECOMMENDED BY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER.

D. FOR APPLICATIONS VISIBLE ON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, REPAIR SUBSTRATES TO REMOVE SUFRACE INPERFECTIONS THAT COULD AFFECT THE UNIFORMITY OF TEXTURE AND THICKNESS

Page 17: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

01/21/19

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

SPG

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

DJJ

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A9.02

SPECIFICATIONS

03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1

B. SEALANT INSTALLATION STANDARD: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF ASTM C 1193 FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS AS APPLICABLE TO MATERIALS, APPLICATIONS, AND CONDITIONS INDICATED.

C. PRIME OR SEAL JOINT SURFACES WHERE SHOWN OR RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER. DO NOT ALLOW PRIMER/SEALER TO SPILL OR MIGRATE ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES.

D. INSTALL SEALANT BACKER ROD FOR LIQUID SEALANTS, EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN TO BE OMITTED OR RECOMMENDED TO BE OMITTED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATION SHOWN.

E. INSTALL BOND BREAKER TAPE WHERE SHOWN AND WHERE REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO ENSURE THAT ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS WILL PERFORM PROPERLY.

F. EMPLOY ONLY PROVEN INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES, WHICH WILL ENSURE THAT SEALANTS WILL BE EPOSITED IN UNIFORM, CONTINUOUS RIBBONS WITHOUT GAPS OR AIR POCKETS, WITH COMPLETE "WETTING" OF JOINT BOND SURFACES EQUALLY ON OPPOSITE SIDES. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FILL SEALANT RABBET TO A SLIGHTLY CONCAVE SURFACE, SLIGHTLY BELOW ADJOINING SURFACES. WHERE HORIZONTAL JOINTS ARE BETWEEN A HORIZONTAL SURFACE AND A VERTICAL SURFACE, FILL JOINT TO FORM A SLIGHT COVE, SO THAT JOINT WILL NOT TRAP MOISTURE AND DIRT.

G. INSTALL SEALANTS TO DEPTHS AS SHOWN OR, IF NOT SHOWN, AS RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER BUT WITHIN THE FOLLOWING GENERAL LIMITATIONS, MEASURED AT CENTER (THIN) SECTION OF BEAD. 1. FOR SIDEWALKS, PAVEMENTS AND SIMILAR JOINTS SEALED WITH ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS

AND SUBJECT TO TRAFFIC AND OTHER ABRASION AND INDENTATION EXPOSURES, FILL JOINTS TO A DEPTH EQUAL TO 75% OF JOINT WIDTH, AND NEITHER MORE THAN 5/8" DEEP NOR LESS THAN 3/8" DEEP.

2. FOR NORMAL MOVING JOINTS SEALED WITH ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS, BUT NOT SUBJECT TO TRAFFIC, FILL JOINTS TO A DEPTH EQUAL TO 50% OF JOINT WIDTH, BUT NEITHER MORE THAN 1/2" DEEP NOR LESS THAN 1/4" DEEP.

3. FOR JOINTS SEALED WITH NON‑ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS AND CAULKING COMPOUNDS, FILL JOINTS TO A DEPTH IN THE RANGE OF 75% TO 125% OF JOINT WIDTH.

H. SPILLAGE: DO NOT ALLOW SEALANTS OR COMPOUNDS TO OVERFLOW OR SPILL ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES, OR TO MIGRATE INTO VOIDS OF ADJOINING SURFACES INCLUDING EXPOSED AGGREGATE PANELS AND SIMILAR ROUGH TEXTURES. USE MASKING TAPE OR OTHER PRECAUTIONARY DEVICES TO PREVENT STAINING OF ADJOINING SURFACES, BY EITHER PRIMER/SEALER OR THE SEALANT/CAULKING COMPOUND.

I. REMOVE EXCESS AND SPILLAGE OF COMPOUNDS PROMPTLY AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. CLEAN ADJOINING SURFACES BY WHATEVER MEANS MAY BE NECESSARY TO ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF SPILLAGE, WITHOUT DAMAGE TO ADJOINING SURFACES OR FINISHES.

1.8 CURE AND PROTECTION: A. CURE SEALANTS AND CAULKING COMPOUNDS IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S

INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, TO OBTAIN HIGH EARLY BOND STRENGTH, INTERNAL COHESIVE STRENGTH AND SURFACE DURABILITY. DO NOT CURE IN A MANNER WHICH WOULD SIGNIFICANTLY ALTER MATERIAL'S MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OR OTHER CHARACTERISTICS.

B. INSTALLER SHALL ADVISE CONTRACTOR OF PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR CURING AND PROTECTION OF SEALANTS AND CAULKING COMPOUNDS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, SO THAT THEY WILL BE WITHOUT DETERIORATION OR DAMAGE AT TIME OF OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE.

1.9 TESTS FOR PERFORMANCE: A. AFTER NOMINAL CURE OF EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS WHICH ARE EXPOSED TO WEATHER, TEST

FOR WATER LEAKS. FLOOD JOINT EXPOSURE WITH WATER DIRECTED FROM A 3/4" GARDEN HOSE HELD PERPENDICULAR TO WALL FACE, 2'‑0" FROM JOINT, CONNECTED TO A WATER SYSTEM WITH 30 PSI MINIMUM STATIC WATER PRESSURE AT THE NOZZLE. MOVE STREAM OF WATER ALONG JOINT AT AN APPROXIMATE RATE OF 20 FT. PER MIN.

B. REPAIR SEALANT INSTALLATION AT LEAKS OR, IF LEAKAGE IS EXCESSIVE, REPLACE SEALANT

INSTALLATION AS DIRECTED.

SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE1.1 GENERAL

A. PROVIDE COMPLETE DOOR HARDWARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ADA, ANSI A117.1 AND DHI. FINAL SCOPE OF DOOR HARDWARE TO BE COORDINATED BY CONTRACTOR WITH THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.

B. KEYING SCHEDULE TO BE COORDINATED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.

C. PROVIDE CYLINDERS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CURRENT MASTER KEYING SYSTEM.

D. INSTALLATION TEMPLATES: DISTRIBUTE FOR DOORS, FRAME AND OTHER WORK SPECIFIED TO BE FACTORY PREPARED. CHECK SHOP DRAWINGS OF OTHER WORK TO CONFIRM THAT ADEQUATE PROVISIONS ARE MADE FOR LOCATING AND INSTALLING HARDWARE.

E. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE AND DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS, MANUFACTURER, FINISH, AND FUNCTION OF DOOR HARDWARE.

HARDWARE SET 1 - DOORS 203, 204, 205, AND 2061 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) ENTRANCE LOCKSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE

HARDWARE SET 2 - DOOR 1011 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) STOREROOM LOCK 9K37 D15S3 626 BEST1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE1 (EA) CLOSER 4040T 630 LCN

HARDWARE SET 3 - DOORS 210 AND 2111 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) ENTRANCE LOCKSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE1 (EA) CLOSER 4040T 630 LCN

HARDWARE SET 4 - DOORS 202 AND 2071 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) ENTRANCE LOCKSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE1 (EA) CLOSER 4040T 630 LCN

HARDWARE SET 5 - DOOR 2121 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) STOREROOM LOCK 9K37 D15S3 626 BEST1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE

HARDWARE SET 6 - DOOR 2011 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) STOREROOM LOCK 9K37 D15S3 626 BEST1 (EA) WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE1 (EA) CLOSER 4040T 630 LCN

HARDWARE SET 7 - DOOR 2131 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) ENTRANCE LOCKSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE

HARDWARE SET 8 - DOOR 214 AND 2151 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) PASSAGE LATCHSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE

HARDWARE SET 9 - DOOR 2081 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) STOREROOM LOCK 9K37 D15S3 626 BEST1 (EA) WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE

SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD1.1 MATERIALS

A. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: GEORGIA PACIFIC GYPSUM, LLC; UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY (USG); NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY.

B. REGULAR GYPSUM BOARD: 5/8 INCH THICK, MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTH; ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES; UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 36.

1.2 ACCESSORIES

A. CORNER BEADS: GALVANIZED STEEL; WITH METAL FLANGES.

B. CONTROL JOINT: GALVANIZED STEEL; ONE-PIECE FORMED WITH V-SHAPED SLOT WITH REMOVABLE STRIP COVERING SLOT OPENING.

C. JOINT MATERIALS: GA 201 AND GA 216, REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, AND WATER. SINGLE COMPOUND TREATMENT SYSTEM AS RECOMMENDED BY DRYWALL MANUFACTURER.

D. FASTENERS: ASTM C1002 TYPE S12 HARDENED SCREWS, GA 216.

E. ADHESIVE: ASTM C557, GA 216.

F. REVEAL TRIM: FRY REGLET NON-VENTED 'F'-REVEAL; EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ALLOY 6063 T5 IN FINISH COLOR AS SELECTED BY INTERIOR DESIGNER. LOCATE BELOW WINDOW SILL PER DRAWINGS.

1.3 INSTALLATION

A. INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA 201, GA 216 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.

B. FASTEN GYPSUM BOARD TO FRAMING WITH SCREWS.

C. INSTALL WALL BOARDS IN LENGTHS AND DIRECTIONS WHICH WILL MINIMIZE END JOINTS.

D. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT EDGES, INTERRUPTIONS, AND OPENING THROUGH DRYWALL WORK, CONCEALED BEHIND EDGE OF BOARD.

E. TRIM DRYWALL AT EXTERNAL CORNERS WITH CORNER BEADS. SECURELY FASTEN BEADS TO SUBSTRATES. CRIMPING OF BEAD FLANGES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.

F. PROVIDE CASING BEAD AT EXPOSED EDGES OF WALLBOARD, AND WHEREVER DRYWALL ABUTS FLUSH WITH OTHER WALL OR CEILING FINISH.

G. PLACE CONTROL JOINTS CONSISTENT WITH LINES OF BUILDING SPACES AND AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.

H. ALL JOINT COMPOUND SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES.

I. GYPSUM BOARD FINISH LEVEL:1. LEVEL 5: ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT

COMPOUND AND THREE SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED OVER ALL JOINTS, ANGLES, FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES. A THIN SKIM COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND OR A MATERIAL MANUFACTURED SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS PURPOSE, SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE. THE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES.

J. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES FROM DRYWALL COMPOUND AND TEXTURE FINISHES AND PROMPTLY REMOVE FROM FLOORS AND OTHER NON-DRYWALL SURFACES. REPAIR SURFACES STAINED, MARRED, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED DURING DRYWALL APPLICATION.

K. REMOVE AND REPLACE PANELS THAT ARE WET, MOISTURE DAMAGED, AND MOLD DAMAGED.

SECTION 095113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS

1.1 MATERIALS

A. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS, GENERAL1. ACOUSTICAL PANEL STANDARD: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264.2. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM HEAVY DUTY: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 635.3. ATTACHMENT DEVICES: SIZE FOR FIVE TIMES THE DESIGN LOAD INDICATED IN ASTM C 635,

TABLE 1, “DIRECT HUNG,” UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COMPLY WITH SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS.a. ANCHORS IN CONCRETE: EXPANSION ANCHORS FABRICATED FROM CORROSION-

RESISTANT MATERIALS, WITH HOLES OR LOOPS FOR ATTACHING HANGERS OF TYPE INDICATED AND WITH CAPABILITY TO SUSTAIN, WITHOUT FAILURE, A LOAD EQUAL TO FIVE TIMES THAT IMPOSED BY CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING PER ASTM E 488 OR ASTM E 1512 AS APPLICABLE, CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY.

b. POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS IN CONCRETE: FASTENER SYSTEM OF TYPE SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION INDICATED, FABRICATED FROM CORROSION-RESISTANT MATERIALS, WITH CLIPS OR OTHER ACCESSORY DEVICES FOR ATTACHING HANGERS OF TYPE INDICATED, AND WITH CAPABILITY TO SUSTAIN, WITHOUT FAILURE, A LOAD EQUAL TO 10 TIMES THAT IMPOSED BY CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING PER ASTM E 1190, CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY.

4. WIRE HANGERS, BRACES, AND TIES: ZINC-COATED CARBON-STEEL WIRE; ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER.a. SIZE: SELECT WIRE DIAMETER SO ITS STRESS AT 3 TIMES HANGER DESIGN LOAD

(ASTM C 635, TABLE 1, "DIRECT HUNG") WILL BE LESS THAN YIELD STRESS OF WIRE, BUT PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN 0.106-INCH-DIAMETER WIRE.

5. SEISMIC PERIMETER STABILIZER BARS, SEISMIC STRUTS, AND SEISMIC CLIPS: CATEGORY “B”.6. METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM: TYPE AND PROFILE INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED,

MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MOLDINGS FOR EDGES AND PENETRATIONS THAT COMPLY WITH SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS; FORMED FROM SHEET METAL OF SAME MATERIAL, FINISH, AND COLOR AS THAT USED FOR EXPOSED FLANGES OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS.

B. ACOUSTICAL PANELS FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING 1. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PRODUCTS THAT

MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: a. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.; 2’ X 2’ X 5/8” PANELS.b. CELOTEX; 2’ X 2’ X 5/8” PANELS.c. USG INTERIORS,INC.; 2’ X 2’ X 5/8” PANELS.

2. CLASSIFICATION: PROVIDE PANELS COMPLYING WITH ASTM E 1264 FOR TYPE AND FORM AS FOLLOWS: TYPE III, MINERAL FIBER, FORM 1.

3. COLOR: WHITE.4. LR: NOT LESS THAN .825. NRC: NOT LESS THAN .556. FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION: A7. EDGE/JOINT DETAIL: BEVELED TEGULAR8. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCH 9. MODULAR SIZE: 24 BY 24 INCHES10. SURFACE FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED PAINT

C. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING1. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PRODUCTS THAT

MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:a. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.; PRELUDE XL 15/16", HEAVY DUTY.b. ROCKFON; CHICAGO METALLIC 200 SNAP GRID 15/16", HEAVY DUTY.c. USG INTERIORS, INC.; DX 15/16" GRID SYSTEM, HEAVY DUTY.

2.1 INSTALLATION

A. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 636 AND SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS INDICATED, PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND CISCA'S "CEILING SYSTEMS HANDBOOK."

B. MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA AND ESTABLISH LAYOUT OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO BALANCE BORDER WIDTHS AT OPPOSITE EDGES OF EACH CEILING. AVOID USING LESS-THAN-HALF-WIDTH PANELS AT BORDERS.

C. SUSPEND CEILING HANGERS FROM BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, PLUMB AND FREE FROM CONTACT WITH INSULATION OR OTHER OBJECTS WITHIN CEILING PLENUM.

D. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM OF TYPE INDICATED AT PERIMETER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING AREA AND WHERE NECESSARY TO CONCEAL EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS. SCREW ATTACH MOLDINGS TO SUBSTRATE AT INTERVALS NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES (400 MM) O.C. AND NOT MORE THAN 3 INCHES (75 MM) FROM ENDS, LEVELING WITH CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 12 FEET (3.2 MM IN 3.6 M). MITER CORNERS ACCURATELY AND CONNECT

SECURELY.

E. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS SO THEY ARE SQUARE AND SECURELY INTERLOCKED WITH ONE ANOTHER. REMOVE AND REPLACE DENTED, BENT, OR KINKED MEMBERS.

F. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS WITH UNDAMAGED EDGES AND FIT ACCURATELY AND FLUSH INTO SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS AND EDGE MOLDINGS. SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS AT BORDERS AND PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE A NEAT, PRECISE FIT.

K. REMOVE AND REPLACE PANELS THAT ARE WET, MOISTURE DAMAGED, AND MOLD DAMAGED.

SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT WALL BASEPART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS - PROVIDE PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER: JOHNSONITE.

A. THERMOSET-RUBBER BASE1. STYLE: B, COVE2.  THICKNESS: 0.125 INCH3. HEIGHT: 4 INCHES.4. LENGTHS: COILS IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD LENGTH. (4'-0" PIECES NOT ALLOWED.)5. OUTSIDE CORNERS: JOB FORMED.6.  INSIDE CORNERS: JOB FORMED.7. COLORS: AS SELECTED BY OWNER.

2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS

A. ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT TYPE RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT-PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR RESILIENT PRODUCTS AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS INDICATED. PROVIDE LOW OR NO-VOC ADHESIVE.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. PREPARE SUBSTRATES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO ENSURE ADHESION OF RESILIENT PRODUCTS.

B. DO NOT INSTALL RESILIENT PRODUCTS UNTIL THEY ARE THE SAME TEMPERATURE AS THE SPACE WHERE THEY ARE TO BE INSTALLED.

C. IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION, SWEEP AND VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATES TO BE COVERED BY RESILIENT PRODUCTS.

3.2 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION

A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING RESILIENT BASE.

B. VERIFY THAT WALL SURFACES ARE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITHIN TOLERANCES PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. WALLS SHALL BE DUST-FREE AND READY TO RECEIVE RESILIENT BASE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

C. APPLY RESILIENT BASE TO WALLS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, CASEWORK AND CABINETS IN TOE SPACES, AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN ROOMS AND AREAS WHERE BASE IS REQUIRED.

D. INSTALL RESILIENT BASE IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICAL WITHOUT GAPS AT SEAMS AND WITH TOPS OF ADJACENT PIECES ALIGNED.

E. TIGHTLY ADHERE RESILIENT BASE TO SUBSTRATE THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE, WITH BASE IN CONTINUOUS CONTACT WITH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SUBSTRATES.

F. DO NOT STRETCH RESILIENT BASE DURING INSTALLATION.

G. ON IRREGULAR SUBSTRATES, FILL VOIDS ALONG TOP EDGE OF RESILIENT BASE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE FILLER MATERIAL.

H. JOB-FORMED CORNERS:1. OUTSIDE CORNERS: USE STRAIGHT PIECES OF MAXIMUM LENGTHS POSSIBLE AND FORM

WITH RETURNS NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES IN LENGTH.a. FORM WITHOUT PRODUCING DISCOLORATION (WHITENING) AT BENDS.

2. INSIDE CORNERS: USE STRAIGHT PIECES OF MAXIMUM LENGTHS POSSIBLE AND FORM WITH RETURNS NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES IN LENGTH.

3. FIT JOINTS TIGHTLY. MAINATIN A MINIMUM LENGTH OF 24-INCHES BETWEEN JOINTS.

3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND PROTECTING RESILIENT PRODUCTS.

B. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM FLOOR, BASE ,AND WALL SURFACES. REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL MATERAIL DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION. CLEAN ALL RESIDUE AND MARKINGS OFF OF RESILIENT BASE AND SURROUNDING MATERIALS.

SECTION 096813 - CARPET TILE1.1 GENERAL

A. COMPLY WITH CRI 104, SECTION 5, "STORAGE AND HANDLING."

B. COMPLY WITH CRI 104, SECTION 7.2, "SITE CONDITIONS: TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY" AND SECTION 712, "VENTILATION."

2.1 MATERIAL

A. CARPET1. MANUFACTURER: INTERFACE #127410 AKOO OR EQUAL SERIES APPROVED BY OWNER.2. COLOR: AS SELECTED BY OWNER.3. ACCESSORIES: EDGE AND TRANSITION STRIPS AND MOLDINGS IN SOLID VINYL OF COLOR

COMPATIBLE WITH FLOORING.4. ADHESIVE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD LOW OR NO-VOC ADHESIVE.5. FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND: WHITE PREMIX LATEX TYPE FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND AS

SECTION 099000 - PAINTING1.1 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURER: BENJAMIN MOORE.

B. COATINGS: READY MIXED EXCEPT FIELD CATALYZED COATINGS OF GOOD FLOW AND BRUSHING PROPERTIES, CAPABLE OF DRYING OR CURING FREE OF STREAKS OR SAGS.1. DURABILITY: PROVIDE PAINTS OF DURABLE AND WASHABLE QUALITY. DO NOT USE PAINT

MATERIALS WHICH WILL NOT WITHSTAND NORMAL WASHING AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE PENCIL MARKS, INK, ORDINARY SOILS, AND SIMILAR MATERIAL WITHOUT SHOWING DISCOLORATION, LOSS OF GLOSS, STAINING, OR OTHER DAMAGE.

2. PROVIDE ZERO VOC COATINGS.

C. ACCESSORY MATERIALS: THIS WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED LADDERS, SCAFFOLDING, DROP CLOTHS, MASKING, SCRAPERS, TOOLS, DUSTERS, CLEANING SOLVENTS, AND WASTE AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. LIMITED TO ZERO VOC THINNERS ONLY. USE EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR PAINT APPLICATION.

1.2 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION

A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK. CAREFULLY INSPECT THE INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE FOR PROPER COMMENCEMENT OF PAINT COATING INSTALLATION. IF DISCREPANCY EXISTS, RESOLVE DISCREPANCY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF COATING.

B. MEASURE MOISTURE CONTENT OF POROUS SURFACES USING AN ELECTRONIC MOISTURE METER. DO NOT APPLY FINISHES UNLESS MOISTURE CONTENT IS LESS THAN 12 PERCENT.

C. CORRECT MINOR DEFECTS AND CLEAN SURFACES WHICH AFFECT WORK OF THIS SECTION.

D. REMOVE ELECTRICAL PLATES, HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURE TRIM, ESCUTCHEONS, AND FITTINGS PRIOR TO PREPARING SURFACES OR FINISHING. REINSTALL REMOVED ITEMS AFTER INSTALLATION OF COATING.

E. GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES: FILL MINOR DEFECTS WITH LATEX COMPOUNDS. SPOT PRIME DEFECTS AFTER REPAIR. LEVEL OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISH SHALL BE APPROVED BEFORE PAINTING BEGINS.

F. SHOP PRIMED STEEL SURFACES: SAND AND SCRAPE TO REMOVE LOOSE PRIMER AND RUST, CLEAN, CLEAN SURFACES WITH SOLVENT. PRIME BARE STEEL SURFACES.

1.3 APPLICATION

A. APPLY PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.

1.4 CLEANING

A. AS WORK PROCEEDS, PROMPTLY REMOVE FINISHES WHERE SPILLED, SPLASHED, OR SPATTERED.

1.5 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES

A. STEEL- UNPRIMED:1. ONE COAT OF ALKYD PRIMER.2. TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL, SEMI-GLOSS.

B. STEEL- PRIMED:1. TOUCH-UP WITH ORIGINAL PRIMER.2. TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL, SEMI-GLOSS.

C. GYPSUM BOARD:1. ONE COAT OF ZERO VOC LATEX PRIMER.2. TWO COATS OF ZERO VOC LATEX PAINT, EGGSHELL.

D. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU):1. ONE COAT OF LATEX BLOCK FILLER ON UNPAINTED CMU OR

ONE COAT OF ZERO VOC LATEX PRIMER ON PREVIOUSLY PAINTED CMU.2. TWO COATS OF ZERO VOC LATEX PAINT, EGGSHELL.

1.5 COLORS - AS SELECTED BY OWNER FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. MATCH EXISTING COLOR WHERE NOTED.

SECTION 123600 – EPOXY RESIN WORK SURFACE1.1        WORK SURFACE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. TEST PROCEDURE:  APPLY FIVE DROPS OF EACH REAGENT TO SURFACE AND COVER WITH 25MM WATCH GLASS, CONVEX SIDE DOWN; TEST VOLATILES USING ONE-OUNCE BOTTLE STUFFED WITH SATURATED COTTON.  AFTER 24-HOUR EXPOSURE FLUSH SURFACE, CLEAN, RINSE AND WIPE DRY.

B. EVALUATION RATINGS:  CHANGE IN SURFACE FINISH AND FUNCTION SHALL BE DESCRIBED BY THE FOLLOWING RATINGS: 1. NO EFFECT:  NO DETECTABLE CHANGE IN SURFACE MATERIAL.2.  EXCELLENT:  SLIGHT DETECTABLE CHANGE IN COLOR OR GLOSS, BUT NO CHANGE TO

THE FUNCTION OR LIFE OF THE WORK SURFACE MATERIAL.3. GOOD:  CLEARLY DISCERNIBLE CHANGE IN COLOR OR GLOSS, BUT NO SIGNIFICANT

IMPAIRMENT OF WORK SURFACE FUNCTION OR LIFE.4. FAIR:  OBJECTIONABLE CHANGE IN APPEARANCE DUE TO SURFACE DISCOLORATION OR

ETCH, POSSIBLY RESULTING IN DETERIORATION OF FUNCTION OVER AN EXTENDED PERIOD.

5. POOR:  PITTING, CRATERING OR PERMANENTLY ETCHING OF WORK SURFACE MATERIAL; OBVIOUS AND SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION.

      C. TEST RESULTS - EPOXY RESIN WORK SURFACE (BLACK):

                                     CHEMICAL – ACIDS RATING                        1.         HYDROCHLORIC ACID 20% NO EFFECT                        2.         HYDROCHLORIC ACID 37% NO EFFECT                        3.         NITRIC ACID 20% EXCELLENT                        4.         NITRIC ACID 70% GOOD                        5.         SULFURIC ACID 25% POOR                        6.         SULFURIC ACID 85% POOR                        7.         SULFURIC ACID 96% POOR                        8.         PHOSPHORIC ACID 85% NO EFFECT                        9.         PERCHLORIC ACID 60% NO EFFECT                        10.       AQUA REGIA -- NO EFFECT                      

RECOMMENDED BY THE CARPET MANUFACTURER.6. PROVIDE 10% EXCESS CARPET AND INSTALLATION MATERIALS TO THE OWNER.

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. DO NOT INSTALL CARPET UNTIL SUBSTRATE IS DRY. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS.

B. VERIFY THAT SUBFLOOR SURFACES ARE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITHIN THE TOLERANCES SPECIFIED IN ASTM F 710 FOR TYPE OF WORK, AND ARE READY TO RECEIVE CARPET. LEVEL FLOOR WITH FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED.

C. INSTALL IN ASHLAR PATTERN. SUBMIT SEAMING DIAGRAM FOR REVIEW.

Page 18: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

01/21/19

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

SPG

01/21/19

1718-5

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

DJJ

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

BLAC

KSBU

RG, V

IRGI

NIA

GEOG

RAPH

Y DE

PART

MENT

WAL

LACE

HAL

L UPF

IT F

OR T

HE

A9.03

SPECIFICATIONS

03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1

   11.       CHROMIC ACID 60% GOOD12.       ACETIC ACID 98% NO EFFECT13.       FORMIC ACID 90% NO EFFECT14.       BORIC ACID SAT. NO EFFECT15.       CITRIC ACID SAT.  NO EFFECT16.       OXALIC ACID SAT. NO EFFECT17.       HYDROBROMIC ACID 48% NO EFFECT18.       HYDROFLOURIC ACID % GOOD19.       VINEGAR -- NO EFFECT                               

CHEMICAL - BASES                        20.       AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE 28% NO EFFECT                        21.       SODIUM HYDROXIDE 10% NO EFFECT                        22.       SODIUM HYDROXIDE 40% NO EFFECT                        23.       SODIUM HYDROXIDE FLAKE NO EFFECT                        24.       POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE 10% NO EFFECT

CHEMICAL - SALTS                        25.       ZINC CHLORIDE SAT. NO EFFECT                        26.       CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE SAT. NO EFFECT                        27.       CLOROX BLEACH                      -- NO EFFECT                        28.       SILVER NITRATE                      10% NO EFFECT                        29.       SODIUM SULFIDE SAT. NO EFFECT                        30.       SODIUM CHLORIDE SAT. NO EFFECT                        31.       IODINE, TINCTURE -- NO EFFECT                        32.       HYDROGEN PEROXIDE   --  NO EFFECT                        33.       PHENOL 80% NO EFFECT                        34.       CRESOL --  NO EFFECT                        35.       FORMALDEHYDE 40% NO EFFECT                        36.       MINERAL OIL  100%  NO EFFECT                        37.       GLYCERIN  100%  NO EFFECT                        

CHEMICAL - SOLVENTS                        38.       METHYL ALCOHOL 100% NO EFFECT                        39.       ETHYL ALCOHOL 100% NO EFFECT                        40.       BUTY ALCOHOL 100% NO EFFECT                        41.       NAPHTHA 100 NO EFFECT                        42.       TURPENTINE 100% NO EFFECT                        43.       KEROSINE 100% NO EFFECT                         44.       HEPTANE   100% NO EFFECT                        45.       GASOLINE 100% NO EFFECT                        46.       BENZENE 100% NO EFFECT                        47.       TOLUENE 100% NO EFFECT                        48.       XYLENE 100% NO EFFECT                        49.       ACETONE 100% NO EFFECT                        50.       METHYL ETHYL KETONE 100%  NO EFFECT                        51.       METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE 100% NO EFFECT                        52.       ETHYL ACETATE 100% NO EFFECT                        53.       ETHYL ETHER 100%       NO EFFECT                        54.       CHLOROFORM 100% NO EFFECT                        55.       METHYL CHLORIDE 100% NO EFFECT                        56.       TRICHLORETHYLENE  100% NO EFFECT                        57.       CARBON TETRACHLORIDE 100% EXCELLENT                        58.       MONOCHLORO BENZENE 100% NO EFFECT                        59.       DIOXANE 100% NO EFFECT                        60.       FURFURAL  -- NO EFFECT                                    CHEMICAL - DYES                        61.       CONGO RED 1% NO EFFECT                        62.       EOSIN Y 0.5% NO EFFECT                        63.       GENTIAN VIOLET 1% NO EFFECT                        64.       INDIGO CARMEN 0.5% NO EFFECT                        65.       METHYL GREEN 0.5% NO EFFECT                        66.       WRIGHTS BLOOD STAIN  0.35% NO EFFECT 1.2.        EPOXY RESIN WORK SURFACE

A. MATERIAL:  CHEMICAL AND ABRASION RESISTANT, DURABLE TOP OF ONE-INCH THICK CAST MATERIAL OF EPOXY RESINS AND INERT PRODUCTS, CAST FLAT, WITH A UNIFORM NON-GLARE BLACK MATTE FINISH.

B. BACKSPLASH CURB:  SAME MATERIAL AS TOP, 4" HIGH, BUTT JOINTED AND CEMENTED TO TOP.  PROVIDE WHERE TOPS ABUT WALL SURFACES.  INCLUDE END CURB WHERE TOP ABUTS END WALL.

 

Page 19: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

MARK FIXTURE WASTE VENT COLD HOT REMARKS

FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE

# INSTALLATION SHALL MEET 2010 AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES

FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES.

EEW EMERGENCY EYE 1/2" 1/2" HANDICAPPED#

SK SINK (SINGLE

COMPARTMENT)

1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" INTEGRAL SINK & COUNTER HANDICAPPED#

WASH/DRENCH

SHOWER

PLUMBING LEGEND

CLEANOUT CO

IN HORIZONTAL OR BELOW FLOOR CO

DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPE, NEW CW

DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPE, NEW HW

DOWN DN

EMERGENCY EYE WASH EEW

EXISTING EX

BALL VALVE

HOT AND COLD WATER H&CW

INLET WITH P-TRAP

NEW CONNECTED TO EXISTING

PIPING INDICATION WITH RESPECT

TO WATER FLOW

BOTTOM TAKEOFF

SIDE CONNECTION

CONNECTION (BOTTOM,TEE OR TOP)

TOP TAKEOFF

TURN DOWN OR FROM BELOW

TURN UP OR DOWN

TURN UP OR FROM ABOVE

SANITARY SEWER, NEW SS

SHOCK ABSORBER SA

SINK SK

VENT PIPE, NEW V

DE-IONIZED PIPING CONNECTIONSNO SCALE

DI

DOMESTIC WATER

DE-IONIZED WATER FAUCET PROVIDED

WITH DE-IONIZED FILTRATION.

CONTRACTOR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED

3/8" TUBING

1 2 3

STAGE 1: DI FILTER

STAGE 2: DI FILTER

STAGE 3: DI FILTER

COUNTER

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

P1

PLUMBING

LEGEND, FIXTURE

SCHEDULE, DETAIL

AND NOTES

DHH

MGW

1. CODES, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS: MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION, DISINFECTION AND

TESTING SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS:

A. LOCAL CODES OR ORDINANCES.

B. VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE (VCC).

C. PIPING, FITTINGS, PUMP SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES THAT ARE CONNECTED TO POTABLE

WATER SYSTEM SHALL MEET THE 1996 SAFE WATER DRINKING ACT AND THE 2011 REDUCTION OF

LEAD IN DRINKING WATER ACT, AND WHERE APPLICABLE SHALL MEET NSF STANDARD 61 AND SHALL

BE LABELED AND CERTIFIED.

2. SHOP DRAWINGS: FURNISH SIX COPIES OF PLUMBING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO ARCHITECT FOR

REVIEW.

3. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:

A. THE WORK INCLUDES PROVIDING A COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT NECESSARILY

RESTRICTED TO, THE FOLLOWING:

(1) SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM TO A POINT WITHIN BUILDING.

(2) DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM TO A POINT WITHIN BUILDING.

(3) DEIONIZED WATER PIPING SYSTEM.

(4) INSTALLATION AND CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER.

(5) CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE

SPECIFICATIONS.

(6) MISCELLANEOUS WORK AS DESCRIBED HEREIN, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED

FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM.

4. PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, PIPE SLEEVES AND WALL CEILING PLATES:

A. PROVIDE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE.

B. PIPE SLEEVES:

1. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR PIPING AND CONDUIT PASSING THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS AND

CONCRETE, MASONRY, TILE, AND GYPSUM WALL CONSTRUCTION. SLEEVES SHALL NOT BE

PROVIDED FOR PIPING AND CONDUIT RUNNING EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR SLAB ON GRADE,

EXCEPT THAT COPPER PIPING SHALL REQUIRE SLEEVES THROUGH SLABS ON GRADE. SLEEVES

THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE ONLY AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. IN INTERIOR

WALL, PROVIDE 1/4 INCH SPACE ALL AROUND BETWEEN SLEEVE AND CONDUIT, PIPING, OR

INSULATION OF PIPING.

2. SLEEVES IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WITH FLOOR DRAINS OR HOSE BIBBS SHALL EXTEND 4 INCHES

ABOVE FLOOR. PROVIDE FLANGES OR FLASHING RINGS WITH SLEEVES IN FLOORS WITH

WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AND CLAMP OR FLASH INTO THE MEMBRANE. PROVIDE SLEEVES

FLUSH WITH FLOOR IN OTHER ROOMS.

3. SLEEVES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 20 GAGE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH LOCK SEAM

JOINTS FOR ALL SLEEVES SET IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS TERMINATING FLUSH WITH THE

FLOOR. ALL OTHER SLEEVES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE UNLESS

OTHERWISE INDICATED.

5. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING, D.I. WATER: (SEE PLAN NOTE 6 FOR D.I. PIPING.)

A. PLASTIC PIPE: MAY BE USED FOR PIPING ABOVE GROUND AND BELOW GROUND, SANITARY FORCED

MAIN ABOVE AND BELOW GROUND. FOAM CORE PIPING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. ALL PLASTIC PIPE,

FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE THIRD PARTY CERTIFIED TO NSF 14. PVC SHALL NOT BE USED

IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS.

(1) PIPE: PVC SCHEDULE 40 DWV, ASTM D 2665.

(2) FITTINGS: PVC SCHEDULE 40 ASTM D3311 FITTINGS FOR SOLVENT JOINTS.

(3) JOINTS: ASTM F656 PURPLE PRIMER, SOLVENT ASTM D2564 (NOT PURPLE IN COLOR), JOINTS

MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D2855.

B. POLYPROPYLENE: (ORION)

(1) UNDERGROUND PIPING SCHEDULE 40 POLYPROPYLENE CONFORMING TO ASTM F 1412

TOLERANCES FROM FLAME RETARDANT MATERIAL IN 10' LENGTHS. POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL

SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D 4101. CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION ON BELOW GRADE PIPE THAT

MEETS ABOVE SPECIFICATION EXCEPT WITHOUT FLAME RETARDANT ADDITIVE. EACH 10'

SECTION OF PIPE SHALL BE FACTORY GROOVED.

(2) ABOVE GRADE NON FIRE RATED PIPING: SCHEDULE 40 FLAME RETARDANT POLYPROPYLENE TO

ASTM F-1412 TOLERANCES FROM IN 10' LENGTHS. POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL SHALL CONFORM

TO ASTM D 4101.

(3) ABOVE GRADE FIRE RATED PIPING: SCHEDULE 40 POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE (PVDF)

CONFORMING TO ASTM F-1673 IN 10' LENGTHS. PVDF MATERIAL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM

D-3322. MATERIAL SHALL BE CODE APPROVED FOR USE IN NON-COMBUSTIBLE PLENUM AS

DESCRIBED IN BOCA RESEARCH REPORT 98-38. ADDITIONALLY MATERIAL SHALL MEET UL-723

(ASTM E-84) WITH COPY OF CERTIFICATE.

(4) FITTINGS:

A. UNDERGROUND - SCHEDULE 40 POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL CONFORMING TO ASTM D-4101

AND ASTM F-1412. FITTING LAYOUTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D-3311. ALL FITTINGS

SHALL BE MOLDED DRAINAGE PATTERN FITTINGS. THE JOINING SYSTEM SHALL BE EITHER

RIONFUSE COIL FUSION, TO CONFORM TO ASTM 1290 TECHNIQUE I, OR SOCKET FUSION TO

CONFORM TO ASTM 2657 TECHNIQUE I.

B. ABOVE GROUND NON FIRE RATED AREAS - SCHEDULE 40 FLAME RETARDANT

POLYPROPYLENE CONFORMING TO ASTM D-4101 AND ASTM F-1412. FITTING LAYOUTS

SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D-3311. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE MOLDED DRAINAGE PATTERN

FITTINGS. THE JOINING SYSTEM SHALL BE MECHANICAL JOINT. EACH COUPLING SHALL

HAVE AN OUTER BAND OF 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL WITH 5/16 BOLTS, NUTS AND

WASHERS PLATED TO MEET 100 HOUR SALT SPRAY PER ASTM B-117. THE MECHANICAL

JOINT SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F-1412.

C. ABOVE GROUND FIRE RATED AREAS - SCHEDULE 40 POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE (PVDF) PER

ASTM F-1673 USING MATERIAL CONFORMING TO ASTM D-3322. MATERIAL SHALL BE CODE

APPROVED FOR USE IN NON COMBUSTIBLE PLENUMS AS DESCRIBED IN BOCA RESEARCH

REPORT 98-38. ADDITIONALLY MATERIAL SHALL MEET UL-723 (ASTM E-84) WITH COPY OF

CERTIFICATE. FITTING LAYOUTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D-3311 AND ASTM F-1673. ALL

FITTINGS SHALL BE MOLDED DRAINAGE PATTERN FITTINGS. THE JOINING SYSTEM SHALL BE

MECHANICAL JOINT. EACH COUPLING SHALL HAVE AN OUTER BAND OF 300 SERIES

STAINLESS STEEL WITH 5/16 BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS PLATED TO MEET 100 HOUR SALT

SPRAY TEST PER ASTM B-117. THE MECHANICAL JOINT SHALL CONFORM TO THE

REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F-1412.

C. CPVC CHEMICAL WASTE DRAINAGE SYSTEM PIPE AND FITTINGS: SPECIAL DRAINAGE SYSTEM FOR

CORROSIVE OR ACID WASTE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM CPVC TYPE IV GRADE I COMPOUNDS

CONFORMING TO ASTM F2618. PIPE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 DIMENSIONS. ONE-STEP SOLVENT

CEMENT SHALL BE SPECIALLY FORMULATED FOR CHEMICAL WASTE APPLICATIONS AND CONFORM TO

ASTM F493. PIPE, FITTINGS AND CEMENT SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS A SYSTEM BY A SINGLE

MANUFACTURER. ALL PIPE, FITTINGS AND CEMENT SHALL BE THIRD-PARTY CERTIFIED BY NSF

INTERNATIONAL FOR USE IN CORROSIVE WASTE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS AND SHALL BEAR THE MARK

"NSF-CW." INSTALLATION TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND ALL

APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS.

6. INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING: (SEE PLAN NOTE 6, SHEET P1 FOR DEIONIZED WATER PIPING.)

A. COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS:

(1) TUBE: ASTM B88, CERTIFIED COPPER TUBING (NOT STANDARD TUBE)

A. ABOVE GROUND FLOOR: TYPE L, HARD DRAWN.

(2) FITTINGS: WROUGHT COPPER, ASME B16.22 OR CAST COPPER ALLOY ASME B16.18.

(3) JOINTS:

A. ABOVE GROUND FLOOR: ASTM B32 LEAD FREE SOLDER, ASTM B813 LEAD FREE FLUX. LEAD

FREE SHALL MEAN LESS THAN 0.2 PERCENT LEAD.

7. VALVES: (DOMESTIC WATER)

A. BALL VALVES: VALVES 2 1/2 INCH AND SMALLER SHALL BE RATED 150 PSI SWP AND 600 PSI

NON-SHOCK WOG AND SHALL HAVE 2 PIECE CAST BRONZE BODIES, TFE SEATS, FULL PORT, SEPARATE

PACKNUT WITH ADJUSTABLE STEM PACKING, ANTI-BLOWOUT STEMS AND CHROME-PLATED

BRASS/BRONZE BALL. VALVE ENDS SHALL HAVE FULL DEPTH ANSI THREADS OR EXTENDED SOLDER

CONNECTIONS AND BE MANUFACTURED TO COMPLY WITH MSS-SP110. [NIBCO T585-70 (THREADED);

S585-70 (SOLDER)]

NOTE: WHERE PIPING IS INSULATED, BALL VALVES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 2” EXTENDED HANDLES

OF NON-THERMAL CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL. ALSO, PROVIDE A PROTECTIVE SLEEVE THAT ALLOWS

OPERATION OF THE VALVE WITHOUT BREAKING THE VAPOR SEAL OR DISTURBING THE INSULATION.

MEMORY STOPS, WHICH ARE FULLY ADJUSTABLE AFTER INSULATION IS APPLIED, SHALL BE INCLUDED.

[NIBCO T585/70NS (THREADED); S585-0NS (SOLDER)]

B. CHECK VALVES: VALVES 2 INCH AND SMALLER SHALL BE TYPE INLINE LIFT, CLASS 125, THREADED OR

SOLDER ENDS; ASTM A582 STAINLESS STEEL STEM, 316 STAINLESS STEEL SPRING, AND ASTM A276

STAINLESS STEEL SEAT SCREWS; TFE DISC AND SEAT RING; BODIES AND END CONFORMING TO ASTM

B-584 BRONZE, SPRING ACTUATED TYPE DISC. (NIBCO T-480, S-480)

C. HOSE BIBBS AND HOSE-END DRAIN VALVES: (EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SIMILAR SPACES). WATTS

LFSC-5 (1/2 INCH), MATCO-NORCA 646 RLF OR EQUAL ROUGH BRASS, LEAD-FREE.

D. SHOCK ABSORBERS: JOSAM "ABSORBOTRON" 75000 SERIES, SMITH 5000 SERIES “HYDROTROLS”,

ZURN Z1700 “SHOKTROLS”, WADE “SHOKSTOP”, OR EQUAL, LEAD-FREE, STAINLESS STEEL. (SA-A MAX.

11 SFU; SA-B MAX. 32 SFU. PROVIDE ON BOTH HOT AND COLD WATER BRANCHES. JOB FABRICATED

AIR CHAMBERS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. O-RING TYPE SHOCK ABSORBERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.

(ASME/ANSI A112.26.1 OR ASSE 1010)

E. INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE TEMPERING VALVES (TV-1): PROVIDE WATTS MODEL SERIES LFUSG-B-M2

UNDER-SINK GUARDIAN ASSE 1070 THERMOSTATIC TEMPERING VALVE FOR SINGLE SINK. SET VALVE

FOR MINIMUM 105 DEG. F., MAXIMUM 109 DEG. F.

8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS:

A. PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES AT ALL LOCATIONS SHOWN OR SPECIFIED. DEVICE SHALL

BE SAME SIZE AS LINE IN WHICH INSTALLED. LISTED BELOW IS A LIST OF CONNECTION TO THE

POTABLE WATER SYSTEM THAT SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST BACKFLOW OR BACK SIPHONAGE:

(1) HOSE VACUUM BREAKER TYPE (ASSE 1011; CSA CAN/CSA-B64.2): WATTS NO. LF8A, LF8AC

(CHROME FINISHED) OR EQUAL, LEAD FREE, WITH NON-REMOVABLE FEATURE. HOSE BIBBS AND

SINKS WITH THREADED OUTLETS

9. STRAINERS:

A. INSTALL ON INLET OF DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTERS AND WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.

STRAINER ELEMENT SHALL BE REMOVABLE WITHOUT DISCONNECTION PIPING. SUITABLE FOR 125 PSI

WORKING PRESSURE. PROVIDE WITH BRONZE OR STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN WITH VALVED AND

CAPPED BLOW-OFF OUTLET.

(1) WATER: 2-1/2 INCH AND SMALLER, 20 MESH SCREEN.

(2) BODY: 3 INCH OR SMALLER, BRASS OR BRONZE.

10. DEIONIZATION FILTRATION SYSTEM: PROVIDE US WATER 3-STAGE DI FILTRATION UNIT MODEL AP310-DIS.

SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE FAUCET, ALL FITTINGS AND 3/8" TUBING. NSF CERTIFIED. SYSTEM SHALL HAVE

STAGE 1, 2 AND 3 DI DEIONIZATION REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGES.

11. PLUMBING FIXTURES:

A. GENERAL: FIXTURES EQUAL TO THOSE AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED SHALL BE FURNISHED AND

INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH ALL SUPPLIES, WASTE AND VENT CONNECTIONS, ALL FITTINGS, ALL

NECESSARY HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, BOLT CAPS, FAUCETS, VALVES AND TRAPS. ALL TRIM SHALL

BE BRASS WITH POLISHED CHROMIUM PLATED FINISH WITH CHROME SETSCREW ESCUTCHEON AT

WALL, EXCEPT FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPES MAY BE CHROMIUM PLATED COPPER WITH CHROME

SETSCREW ESCUTCHEONS AT WALL. D.I. WATER SHALL HAVE SPECIAL PIPING. SEE SPECIFICATION

PARAGRAPH 12. TRAPS SHALL BE (17 GAUGE) CAST BRASS WITH CLEANOUT PLUG. HANDICAPPED

SINKS SHALL HAVE BOTH WATER SUPPLIES AND TRAP INSULATED AND WRAPPED WITH HANDY-SHIELD

(BY PLUMBEREX), HANDI LAV-GUARD (BY TRUEBRO) OR PROWRAP (BY MCGUIRE). WHERE BELOW

DECK MIXING VALVE IS SPECIFIED, PROVIDE ZURN MODEL Z6900-V9 VANDAL GUARD ENCLOSURE OR

EQUAL BY TRUEBRO. COLOR SHALL BE WHITE AND FASTENERS SHALL REMAIN OUT OF SIGHT.

B. PROVIDE LOCK-SHIELD, LOOSE-KEY OR SCREW DRIVER PATTERN POLISHED CHROMIUM PLATED

ANGLE STOPS, WITH EACH SINK FAUCET.

C. FIXTURES:

DESIGNATION HANDICAPPED FIXTURE TYPE (ADA)

SK SINK: FIXTURE BY OTHERS WITH CHICAGO 947-317 FAUCET WITH ATMOSPHERIC

VACUUM BREAKER, WRIST BLADE HANDLES, SWING SPOUT, 2.2 GPM AT 60.0 PSI

DISCHARGE, LKAD-35 STRAINER AND LKAD05 OFFSET TAILPIECE. PROVIDE ORION BT1

BOTTLE TRAP WITH TWO (2) BOTTLES OF 1-QUART SIZE.

EEW EMERGENCY EYEWASH (HANDHELD): COUNTER MOUNT EYEWASH/DRENCH HOSE

STATION BRADLEY MODEL S19-465EFW ANGLED WITH DUAL EYEWASH HEADS WITH

COVERS. RETRACTABLE 8-FOOT LONG RUBBER HOSE, SQUEEZE LEVER HANDLE,

UNIVERSAL LANGUAGE SIGN AND MOUNTING BRACKET. PROVIDE ATMOSPHERIC

VACUUM BREAKER WATTS MODEL 288-C. PROVIDE BRADLEY NAVIGATOR MODEL

S-19-2000 EFX8 PRESSURE COMPENSATING THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE TV-2 (ASSE

1071) WITH MOUNTING BRACKET, 3.0 GPM FLOW AT 5 PSI PRESSURE DROP, DIAL

THERMOMETER AND CHECK STOPS. SET TEMPERATURE TO 85°F.

12. CLEANOUTS:

A. SAME SIZE AS PIPE SERVED UP TO 4 INCHES. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE. ALL

CLEANOUT PLUGS SHALL BE BRONZE, SET IN GRAPHITE GREASE. (ASTM A74, ASME A112.3.1, ASME

A112.36.2M) COVERS SHALL BE SET FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR OR WALL. PROVIDE CARPET

MARKERS IN ALL CARPETED AREAS.

(1) BASE OF VERTICAL STACKS: JOSAM 58600-COT WITH STAINLESS STEEL WALL COVER. LOCATED

24 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR.

(2) HORIZONTAL PIPES ABOVE GRADE: CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FERRULE WITH BRONZE SCREW PLUG

IN FITTING OR TAPPED CAST IRON FERRULE WITH BRONZE PLUG.

13. INSULATION:

A. ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY PIPING ABOVE DINING AREAS SHALL BE

INSULATED. INSULATION SHALL BE JOHNS MANVILLE, OWENS CORNING, OR ARMSTRONG. ALL

MATERIALS AND PVC TYPE FITTING COVERS USED SHALL HAVE COMPOSITE FLAME-SPREAD RATING

NOT EXCEEDING 25 AND A SMOKE-DEVELOPED RATING NOT EXCEEDING 50, AS TESTED UNDER

PROCEDURE ASTM E-84, NFPA 90A AND 90B.

B. PIPING INSULATION: FIBERGLASS INSULATION SHALL BE 1 INCH THICK AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM

THERMAL RESISTANCE (R) OF 4.0 PER INCH OF THICKNESS AT A MEAN TEMPERATURE OF 75 DEG. F.

FIBERGLASS INSULATION SHALL HAVE A WHITE KRAFT BONDED TO ALUMINUM FOIL, REINFORCED

WITH FIBERGLASS YARN JACKET, LAP JOINTS, TAPE AND SEAL.

14. INSTALLATION:

A. GENERAL:

(1) SUSPENDED HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ADJUSTABLE WROUGHT STEEL

CLEVIS HANGERS. WHERE SUPPORTS BEAR ON COPPER PIPE, THEY SHALL BE COPPER PLATED.

WHERE SUPPORTS BEAR ON INSULATED PIPING, PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD. CHAIN, STRAP,

WIRE OR OTHER MAKESHIFT DEVICES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AS HANGERS OR SUPPORTS.

(2) INSTALL BRANCH PIPING FOR WATER AND WASTE, FROM THE RESPECTIVE PIPING SYSTEMS AND

CONNECT TO ALL FIXTURES, VALVES, COCKS, OUTLETS, CASEWORK, CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT,

INCLUDING THOSE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE

SPECIFICATIONS.

(3) INSTALL TRIM AND FITTINGS PROVIDED WITH CASEWORK, CABINETS AND LABORATORIES,

INCLUDING THOSE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER, BUT NOT INSTALLED AT POINT OF FABRICATION.

(4) WELDED JOINTS SHALL BE FUSION WELDED BY QUALIFIED WELDERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI

B31.1 SECTION 6, UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. MITERING OR NOTCHING PIPE TO FORM

ELBOWS AND TEES, AND DRILLING OR PUNCHING TO MAKE CONNECTIONS WILL NOT BE

PERMITTED.

(5) COMPRESSION GASKET JOINTS FOR CAST IRON SEWER PIPE SHALL BE MADE WITH NEOPRENE

COMPRESSION GASKETS CONFORMING TO ASTM C564.

(6) NO-HUB JOINTS FOR CAST IRON PIPES SHALL BE MADE WITH NEOPRENE GASKETS (ASTM C564)

AND STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS CONFORMING TO ASTM C564 AND ASTM C1277.

(7) MECHANICAL JOINTS ELASTOMERIC SEALING SLEEVE FOR CAST IRON PIPE SHALL BE IN

ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C564.

(8) SOLVENT CEMENT FOR PVC PIPING SHALL BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F402.

(9) PLASTIC PIPE SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN RETURN AIR CEILING PLENUMS.

(10) PLASTIC PIPE SHALL NOT PENETRATE A FIRE ASSEMBLY OR SMOKESTOP.

(11) PROVIDE CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEONS AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE PIPING PENETRATES

FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS, EXCEPT IN MECHANICAL ROOMS.

(12) WHERE SUPPORTS BEAR ON INSULATED PIPING, PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELDS.

B. PIPING SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING:

(1) WASTE:

A. SLOPE SOIL AND WASTE PIPING AS FOLLOWS:

PIPE SIZE MINIMUM PITCH

SOIL, WASTE AND VENT

2-1/2 INCH & SMALLER 1/4" TO THE FOOT

3 INCH & LARGER 1/8" TO THE FOOT

B. CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF PIPING SHALL BE MADE WITH FITTINGS.

C. CONTRACTOR IS CAUTIONED TO VERIFY INVERT OF SANITARY SEWER AND TO COORDINATE

INVERTS OF NEW WORK TO SUIT CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED.

D. SANITARY SEWER SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE WITH ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, DRAINS,

ETC., PROPERLY CONNECTED AND VENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES.

ALL VENTS THROUGH THE ROOF SHALL EXTEND TWELVE INCHES ABOVE THE ROOF.

(2) DOMESTIC WATER:

A. GRADE ALL LINES TO FACILITATE DRAINAGE. PROVIDE HOSED-END DRAIN VALVES AT

LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL UNNECESSARY TRAPS IN CIRCULATING

LINES SHALL BE AVOIDED.

B. CONNECT BRANCH LINES AT BOTTOM OF MAIN SERVING FIXTURES BELOW AND PITCH

DOWN SO THAT MAIN MAY BE DRAINED THROUGH FIXTURE. CONNECT BRANCH LINES TO

TOP OF MAIN SERVING ONLY FIXTURES LOCATED ON FLOOR ABOVE.

15. PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT:

A. PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY OVER ELECTRICAL

PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS OR MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, UNLESS THE PIPE IS A MINIMUM OF 6

FEET ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR ABOVE A STRUCTURAL CEILING (CONCRETE CAP OR

SIMILAR). IF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT POSSIBLE, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER

IMMEDIATELY. IF THE PIPING IS DIRECTLY ABOVE AND AT LEAST 6 FEET ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL

EQUIPMENT, PROVIDE A GALVANIZED STEEL DRAIN PAN INSTALLED DIRECTLY UNDER THE PIPING.

DRAIN PAN SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 2 INCH HIGH SIDES WITH A DRAIN PIPE CONNECTION AT THE

LOWEST POINT AND SHALL BE FULL WIDTH OF THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BEING PROTECTED.

EXTEND DRAIN PIPE TO EXTERIOR OR TO NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN.

16. TESTS:

A. GENERAL: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL INSTRUMENTS, MATERIALS, AND LABOR REQUIRED.

TESTS SHALL BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE OWNER OR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION OR

AS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT WHO SHALL BE GIVEN FIVE (5) DAYS NOTICE BY THIS

CONTRACTOR OF HIS READINESS TO PERFORM SUCH TESTS. ANY LEAKS THAT DEVELOP DURING THE

TESTS SHALL BE REPAIRED BY REMAKING THE JOINT OR REPLACING PIPE AND FITTINGS. TEMPORARY

CAULKING WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. NO PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED OR CONCEALED UNTIL IT HAS

BEEN TESTED WITH RESULTS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT. AIR TESTING WILL BE ACCEPTABLE

WHERE PERMITTED BY THE VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE. DO NOT PERFORM AIR TESTING ON

SYSTEMS WHERE PLASTIC PIPING, INCLUDING CPVC, ARE INSTALLED. TEST SYSTEMS EITHER IN ITS

ENTIRETY OR IN SECTIONS.

B. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEMS: CONDUCT TESTS BEFORE TRENCHES ARE BACKFILLED OR

FIXTURES ARE CONNECTED. CONDUCT WATER TEST AS DIRECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE

VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE AND THIS SPECIFICATION.

(1) WATER TEST: IF ENTIRE SYSTEM IS TESTED, TIGHTLY CLOSE ALL OPENINGS IN PIPES EXCEPT

HIGHEST OPENING AND FILL SYSTEM WITH WATER TO POINT OF OVERFLOW. IF SYSTEM IS

TESTED IN SECTIONS, TIGHTLY PLUG EACH OPENING EXCEPT HIGHEST OPENING OF SECTION

UNDER TEST, FILL EACH SECTION WITH WATER AND TEST WITH AT LEAST 10-FOOT HEAD OF

WATER. IN TESTING SUCCESSIVE SECTIONS, TEST AT LEAST UPPER 10 FEET OF NEXT

PRECEDING SECTION SO THAT EACH JOINT OR PIPE EXCEPT UPPERMOST 10-FOOT HEAD OF

WATER. KEEP WATER IN SYSTEM, OR IN PORTION UNDER TEST, FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES

BEFORE INSPECTION STARTS. SYSTEM SHALL THEN BE TIGHT AT ALL JOINTS.

C. POTABLE WATER SYSTEM: TEST AFTER INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS,

BUT BEFORE PIPING IS CONCEALED, BEFORE COVERING IS APPLIED AND BEFORE PLUMBING FIXTURES

ARE CONNECTED. FILL SYSTEMS WITH WATER AND MAINTAIN HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE OF 125 PSIG

OR AT 50 PERCENT HIGHER THAN ACTUAL OPERATING PRESSURE WHICH EVER IS GREATER FOR ONE

HOUR DURING INSPECTION AND PROVE TIGHT WITHOUT ANY LOSS OF PRESSURE.

D. OPTIONAL TESTS FOR CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS: AFTER INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND

CONNECTING TO EXISTING SYSTEMS, AND WHERE HEREIN BEFORE SPECIFIED TESTS ARE

IMPRACTICAL, TEST ALL NEW PIPING UNDER ACTUAL OPERATING CONDITIONS AND PROVE TIGHT TO

THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT.

17. DISINFECTION: AFTER TESTS HAVE BEEN SUCCESSIVELY COMPLETED, THOROUGHLY FLUSH AND

DISINFECT THE INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VIRGINIA

CONSTRUCTION CODE.

18. CLEANING:

A. REMOVE TRASH, PLASTER, DUST, PAINT SPOTS AND ALL FOREIGN MATTER FROM INSIDE AND OUTSIDE

OF ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT.

B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK EACH LENGTH OF PIPE BEFORE IT IS PUT IN PLACE TO MAKE

CERTAIN THERE IS NOT FOREIGN MATERIAL (STONES, SAND, ETC.) IN THE SYSTEMS. PROVIDE

TEMPORARY BYPASS AROUND EQUIPMENT IF OR AS REQUIRED. ALL PLUMBING PIPES SHALL BE

THOROUGHLY FLUSHED WITH WATER TO REMOVE CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS BEFORE FINAL

CONNECTIONS ARE MADE TO EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES.

19. REPORTS: REPORT OF CLEANING, STERILIZING AND TESTING: CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IN WRITING

BEFORE COMPLETION OF THE JOB THAT ALL SPECIFIED CLEANING PROCEDURES, TESTS AND STERILIZING

HAVE BEEN PERFORMED, WITH RESULTS AS SPECIFIED OR AS REQUIRED BY CODES.

GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES:

1. MAKE PIPING CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

EVEN THOUGH ALL BRANCH MAINS, ELBOWS AND CONNECTIONS ARE NOT

SHOWN.

2. CHECK WITH ARCHITECTURAL WORKING DRAWING BEFORE ROUGHING-IN

PLUMBING FIXTURES.

3. SLOPES AND INVERT ELEVATIONS OF SEWERS, MANHOLES, ETC., SHALL BE

ESTABLISHED AND VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR BEFORE ANY PIPING IS

INSTALLED IN ORDER THAT PROPER SLOPE WILL BE MAINTAINED AND

NECESSARY INVERT ELEVATIONS OBTAINED.

4. ALL PIPES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER NEW AND EXISTING DUCTS,

PIPES, LIGHTS, STRUCTURAL SYSTEM, CEILING SUPPORTS AND FRAMING

BEFORE INSTALLATION. MINOR PIPE OFFSETS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS

REQUIRED. MEASUREMENTS FOR VERTICAL CLEARANCES SHALL BE TAKEN AT

THE JOB SITE BEFORE INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING.

5. WASTE PIPE BELOW FLOOR, VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING, PIPING OFFSET FOR

CLARITY.

6. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE CEILINGS UNLESS

NOTED OTHERWISE. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHOWN IN PIPE CHASE WALLS

SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CHASE SPACE, PIPING OFFSET FOR CLARITY.

7. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO

FREEZING OR SPACES EXTERIOR TO BUILDING INSULATION.

8. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S

PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE HOT AND COLD WATER, SANITARY

WASTE AND VENT PIPING AND ROUGH-IN INSTALLATION WITH ALL EQUIPMENT

MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS.

9. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES,

APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LATEST EDITION OF NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION

ASSOCIATION, LOCAL UTILITY REGULATIONS AND GOVERNMENTAL

DEPARTMENTS HAVING JURISDICTION.

10. WHERE PIPE CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN CONNECTING TO EXISTING,

CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION SIZES

PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

11. LIMITS OF CONTRACT: DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE, AND SANITARY PIPING

SHALL BE EXTENDED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS TO POINTS

WITHIN THE BUILDING LINES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE

DRAWINGS, WHERE THE PIPES SHALL BE CAPPED OR PLUGGED AND LEFT

READY FOR CONNECTION AND EXTENSION BY OTHERS, AND THE LOCATIONS

MARKED WITH APPROVED MEANS.

12. INFORMATION ON EXISTING PLUMBING SHOWN WAS OBTAINED FROM PLANS

DATED MARCH 30, 1966. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST WORK AS REQUIRED

TO SUIT ACTUAL LOCATIONS IF DIFFERENT FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

13. RETURN AIR PLENUM NOTE: ALL MATERIAL LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR

PLENUMS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INTERNATIONAL

MECHANICAL CODE, SECTION 602.2.1.

14. PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS. COORDINATE

INSTALLATION OF PIPES WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS WHEN SHOWN NEAR

PANELS OR OVER ELECTRICAL ROOMS.

PLUMBING SYSTEMS NOTES & SPECIFICATIONS

Page 20: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

A49

A44

A45

A46

A47

107

105

103

100A

101A

101B

101C

101

103

1 2 3

B15

B5

DN

236

236A

238A

238

238C

CR-2B

237

241A

239241

243

42 3

OFFICE

232A

PHYS GEOGLAB

232

2" 1

6

4 5 1/2"H&CW

3

EX. 3"VTR

SK2

7

1/2"CW

1/2"H&CW DN

TO TV-2

TV-2 10

EEW

11

8 9

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BL

AC

KS

BU

RG

, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LL

AC

E H

AL

L U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

P2

PARTIAL FIRST AND

SECOND FLOOR

PLANS - PLUMBING

DHH

MGW

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBINGSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES:

1. REMOVE EXISTING ONE COMPARTMENT SINK, FAUCET, CABINET,

P-TRAP, WASTE PIPING BELOW COUNTERTOP, HOT AND COLD WATER

SUPPLY STOPS, VALVES AND PIPING TO WITHIN WALL.

2. CAP PIPING RUNOUTS FOR NEW WORK.

3. PATCH WALL TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS.

4. REMOVE EXISTING TWO COMPARTMENT SINK, FAUCET, CABINET,

P-TRAP, WASTE PIPING BELOW COUNTERTOP, HOT AND COLD WATER

SUPPLY STOPS, VALVES AND PIPING TO WITHIN WALL.

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR NEW WORK PLAN - PLUMBINGSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"

NEW WORK PLAN NOTES:

1. EXTEND NEW SANITARY WASTE PIPING TO EXISTING SANITARY WASTE

PIPING OF SAME SIZE OR LARGER.

2. CONTRACTOR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SINK AND APPURTENANCES.

3. EXTEND NEW 2" VENT PIPING TO EXISTING 3"VTR.

4. PROVIDE SHOCK ABSORBER SA-A FOR EACH SUPPLY.

5. EXTEND NEW HOT AND COLD VALVED WATER PIPING TO EXISTING HOT

AND COLD WATER PIPING OF SAME SIZE OR LARGER. PROVIDE NEW

ESCUTCHEONS, STOPS AND RISERS, FAUCET AND TEMPERING VALVE.

6. PROVIDE NEW US WATER SYSTEMS 3-STAGE DI FILTRATION SYSTEM

AP310-DIS. PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS, FAUCET AND TUBING FOR UNDER

SINK INSTALLATION. PIPING SHALL BE 3/8" SIZE THROUGHOUT.

SYSTEM SHALL HAVE STAGE 1, STAGE 2 AND STAGE 3 DEIONIZATION

CARTRIDGES. SYSTEM SHALL BE NSF CERTIFIED. PROVIDE JOHN

GUEST RO SUPPLY ANGLE STOP VALVE FOR CONNECTION TO WATER

SUPPLY PIPE.

7. SINK WASTE PIPING STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP AND NEW WASTE

PIPING EXTENDED TO EXISTING WASTE PIPING SHALL BE ALL BRASS,

STAINLESS STEEL, PVC OR CPVC. NO CARBON STEEL, COPPER, CAST

IRON, GALVANIZED IRON OR BLACK IRON TO BE USED.

8. PROVIDE CLEANOUT IN VERTICAL BELOW SINK.

9. PROVIDE ORION MODEL BT-1 SEDIMENT BOTTLE TRAP WITH QUART

SIZE BOTTLES.

10. LOCATE TEMPERING VALVE TV-2 BELOW COUNTER. EXTEND

TEMPERED WATER TO EMERGENCY EYE WASH EEW. PROVIDE

ACCESS.

11. PROVIDE LOCKABLE BALL VALVES WITH TAG THAT STATES VALVE

SHALL REMAIN LOCKED OPEN UNLESS IN REPAIR. KEY TO BE

PROVIDED TO HEAD OF MAINTENANCE.

1

1

ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191

Page 21: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

SHEET NOTES:1. RELOCATE ALL EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLES IN SCOPE AREA

TO FIT WITHIN NEW CEILING.

2. RELOCATE THERMOSTATS SHOWN ON DEMOLISHED WALLS.

3. SEE NEW WORK PLANS FOR NEW LOCATIONS OF THERMOSTATS, SUPPLY

DIFFUSERS, AND RETURN GRILLES.

PLAN NOTES:1. DEMOLISH EXISTING PNEUMATIC THERMOSTAT. SEE NEW WORK FOR LOCATION OF

NEW THERMOSTAT FOR FC1-45.

2. RELOCATE FLEX DUCTED RETURN GRILLES. RELOCATE TO OFFICES 260A & 260B ON

NEW WORK PLAN.

3. RELOCATE EXISTING PNEUMATIC THERMOSTAT. SEE NEW WORK PLAN FOR NEW

LOCATIONS.

4. EXISTING INSULATED CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE TO REMAIN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL

PLANS FOR NEW ENCLOSURE.

5. RELOCATE DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED DUCT WORK. SEE NEW WORK PLAN FOR

NEW LOCATION.

6. EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT, ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, AND GRILLES TO

REMAIN IN HATCHED AREA.

FC2-56

FC2-57F

C2

-55

FC

2-5

3F

C2

-51

FC

2-5

0F

C2

-48

FC

2-4

7

FC2-46

FC2-58

FC2-62

FC2-61

FC2-63

FC2-59

FC2-11

FC2-10FC2-12 FC2-13

FC2-17

FC2-19

FC2-18

FC2-23

FC2-15

FC2-14

FC

2-2

2

FC2-16

FC2-21

FC2-20

UP

CR-2A

CR-2C

B24

B23

B22

B25

B26

B15

B5

B29B28

B2

B3

DN

229

231

229C229B229A

233

221

223

225

227

228 230

233A

215

257256 255 254 253

262

260

DN

219

217

213

211

209

207

205

203

201

200

202

204

260A

260B

260C

260G

258259

B29

238C238B238A236A

236

238

234

232C

232B

232

B5

243

241

239

237

237

FC2-54

NO DEMOLITION TO

BE COMPLETED IN

THE HATCHED AREA

30x10

8x4

30x10

30x8

8x8

30x10

30x8

8x4

12x8

20x10

8x4

24x8

20x1024x8

8x4

8x6

8x8

20x10

48x10

14x10 8x10

5x88x8

24x624x6

8x4

18x8

6x5

24x6

8x46x8

14x8

8x5

24x6

26x8

28x6

18x8 14x8 12x8 8x8

24x6

6x5

14x8 6x8

18x8

20x6

2

6x4

24x6

6x8

14x8

24x624x6

18x87x8

8x6

24x8

20x10

7x10

8x4

24x6

18x8

8x4 8x4

24x8

14x810x8 6x8

24x8

18x8

24x6

18x10

3

3

3

4

5

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

TT

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

3

30x14

FC

1-4

4 30x8

24x8

FC

1-4

5

20x10

8x6

6x6

FC1-43

FC1-42

FC1-41

6x5 7x10

12x10

12x10

84x24 LOUVER

84x16 DUCT RISER

UP FROM TRENCH

THRU M.E. ROOM WALL

24x24 TRENCH BELOW FLOOR

5x10

24x8

30x10

6x6

30x8

8x8

10x8

20x10

24x88x5

44x10

38x10

44x10 UP

A49

A44

A45

A46

A47

107

105

103

100A

107

105

102

101

101C

101A

101B

NO DEMOLITION TO

BE COMPLETED IN

THE HATCHED AREA

1

6

6

T

T

T

T

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BL

AC

KS

BU

RG

, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL

UP

FIT

FO

R T

HE

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

MD1

PARTIAL

DEMOLITION

FLOOR PLANS -

HVAC

JCW

RDF

PARTIAL DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN - HVACSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR PLAN - HVACSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

Page 22: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

HVAC LEGENDAIR HANDLING UNIT AHU

BOTTOM GRILLE BG

CEILING DIFFUSER CD

CEILING GRILLE CG

CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CFM

DIAMETER DIA

DUCTWORK (NEW)

RETURN & EXHAUST

SUPPLY

DUCTWORK (EXISTING TO REMAIN) EX RETURN EX R SUPPLY EX SDUCTWORK (EXISTING TO BE REMOVED)

RETURN R SUPPLY S

EXISTING, REMOVE FROM THIS POINT

FAN COIL UNIT FC

MANUAL DAMPER MD

NEW CONNECTED TO EXISTING

RETURN AIR RA

STATIC PRESSURE SP

SUPPLY AIR SA

THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE SENSOR T'STAT TTOP GRILLE TG

TOP REGISTER TR

FLEXIBLE DUCT

CHILLED WATER RETURN CWRCHILLED WATER SUPPLY CWS

HOT WATER SUPPLY HWS

HOT WATER RETURN HWR

CIRCUIT SETTER

CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE D

DIRECTION OF FLOW

DIRECTION OF SLOPE DOWN

CS(GPM)

D

GENERAL NOTES:

1. HVAC DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATICAL IN NATURE AND REPRESENT EXISTING CONDITIONS BASED ON DRAWINGS AND

SITE OBSERVATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL ACTUAL CONDITIONS INCLUDING

DUCTWORK AND PIPING LOCATIONS AND SIZES.

2. DUE TO THE DRAWINGS BEING DIAGRAMMATICAL IN NATURE, ALL RISERS AND DROPS ARE NOT SHOWN. THE

CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THESE IN THE BID. WHERE POSSIBLE, ALL RISERS AND DROPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED

USING 45 DEGREE OR LONG RADIUS ELBOWS.

3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NECESSARY DUCTWORK TRANSITIONS AND PIPING INCREASERS/REDUCERS AS REQUIRED FOR

EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR ACTUAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING CONNECTIONS

SIZES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE SHOWN.

4. ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER NEW AND EXISTING DUCTS, PIPES, LIGHTS,

STRUCTURAL SYSTEM, EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND FRAMING BEFORE INSTALLATION. MINOR DUCT AND PIPE OFFSETS

AND MINOR DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. WHERE TRANSITIONS ARE REQUIRED, CROSS

SECTIONAL AREA OF DUCT SHALL NOT BE REDUCED. MEASUREMENTS FOR VERTICAL CLEARANCES OF DUCTWORK

SHALL BE TAKEN AT THE JOB SITE BEFORE FABRICATION OF ANY DUCTWORK.

5. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS.

6. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES, APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LATEST EDITION OF

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, LOCAL UTILITY REGULATIONS AND GOVERNMENTAL DEPARTMENTS HAVING

JURISDICTION.

7. SCHEDULE NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK WITH THE OWNER WELL IN ADVANCE. CONSTRUCTION WORK AND DEMOLITION

SHALL BE PERFORMED AT SUCH TIMES AND UNDER SUCH CONDITIONS AS SUITS THE OWNER.

8. ALL FINISHES AND SURFACES TO REMAIN WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND/OR CONSTRUCTION WORK

SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.

9. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF NEW AND EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND ROUTE OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITH EXISTING

CONDITIONS.

10. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK IN EXISTING BUILDING SHALL BE DONE BY THE

CONTRACTOR.

11. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL WORK NECESSARY TO PREPARE THE STRUCTURE

FOR THE INSTALLATION AND/OR DEMOLITION WORK OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. ALL HOLES, OPENINGS AND

DAMAGED MATERIALS OR SURFACES SHALL BE REPAIRED AND FINISHED TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS.

12. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SUPPORTS REQUIRED TO MOUNT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK.

13. WHERE PIPE CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN CONNECTING TO EXISTING, CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE EXACT

LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION SIZES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

14. PIPE AND DUCT INSULATION THAT IS DAMAGED OR REMOVED FOR NEW WORK SHALL BE REPLACED, REPAIRED AND

SEALED AS REQUIRED.

15. PROVIDE MANUAL AIR VENTS AT THE HIGHEST POINT OF ALL WATER PIPING.

16. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING FROM FAN COIL UNITS DRAIN PAN AND EXTEND TO LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE

DRAWINGS. PIPING SHALL INCLUDE A TRAP TO PREVENT SIPHONING BY THE SUPPLY AIR FAN.

17. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN PRACTICAL ALIGNMENT WITH THE BUILDING AND SHALL BE ADEQUATELY SECURED TO

THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.

18. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS OF SUFFICIENT SIZE FOR ALL CONCEALED CONTROLS, DAMPERS OR ANY ITEMS REQUIRING

ACCESS.

19. INSTRUCT THE OWNER IN THE PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS UNTIL THE

OWNER IS FULLY PREPARED TO OPERATE AND MAINTAIN THE MECHANICAL SYSTEM.

20. SYSTEMS SHALL OPERATE UNDER CONDITIONS OF LOAD WITHOUT UNUSUAL OR EXCESSIVE NOISE OR VIBRATION.

UNUSUAL OR EXCESSIVE NOISE OR VIBRATION SHALL BE CORRECTED.

21. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH ALL EXISTING HOLES AND PENETRATIONS IN EXISTING FIRE RATED WALLS AND BARRIERS

WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA.

22. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS LOCATED ABOVE THE CEILINGS SHALL BE PLENUM RATED.

GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES:

1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AS NECESSARY ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK, PIPING,

EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR THE EXISTING

SYSTEMS TO REMAIN. THIS IS ESPECIALLY APPLICABLE FOR THOSE FINISHED SPACES

DEVELOPED WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE OVERHEAD. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE

TO REVIEW THE SCOPE OF THIS WORK AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO

PRICING.

2. ACTIVE SYSTEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE SHALL BE ALTERED AND RELOCATED AS

NECESSARY FOR THE ROUTING OF NEW SYSTEMS. ANY EXISTING DUCTWORK, PIPING,

EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES THAT CONFLICT WITH NEW WORK SHALL BE

ADDRESSED ACCORDINGLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO REVIEW THE

SCOPE OF THIS WORK AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO PRICING.

3. MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND

REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE TO BE RETAINED BY THE

OWNER. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, VERIFY WITH THE OWNER THOSE ITEMS TO BE

DISMANTLED WITH CARE AND SET ASIDE FOR OWNERS USE.

4. INSULATION ON EXISTING PIPING AND DUCTWORK THAT IS DAMAGED OR REMOVED DUE

TO THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE REPLACED AND SEALED AS REQUIRED.

5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING SYSTEMS TO REMAIN. SYSTEMS THAT ARE

DAMAGED OR INCORRECTLY REMOVED DUE TO THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE

REPAIRED OR REPLACED.

6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING BUILDING SURFACES TO REMAIN. PROTECT

EXISTING CEILING, FLOORS AND WALLS FROM ALL DEMOLITION WORK.

7. THE EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS INDICATED ARE FROM CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DATED;

10-15-89, AND SEVERAL SITE VISITS. THE CONTRACTOR IS CAUTIONED THAT THE EXISTING

HVAC SYSTEM LAYOUTS ARE INDICATED AS ONLY AN APPROXIMATION OF EXISTING

CONDITIONS. NOT ALL EXISTING SYSTEMS ARE SHOWN AND SELECTIVE DEMOLITION IS

REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ACTUAL SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS IN THE

FIELD AND SHALL COORDINATE ACCORDINGLY.

EQUIPMENT SCHEDULEPIPE SUPPORT DETAILNO SCALE

PIPE

VAPOR BARRIER

12" LONG, HALF-SECTION OF

HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE

AT EACH HANGER SUPPORT

HEAVY DUTY

CLEVIS HANGER

HANGER ROD, SUPPORT

FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE

INSULATION

16 GAGE ZINC COATED

SHEET STEEL SADDLE

AT LEASE 12" LONG

NOTE:

SADDLE AND HALF-SECTION OF HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE

SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE SAME TIME THAT THE PIPE AND

PIPE HANGERS ARE INSTALLED.

LATERAL BRANCHDUCT DETAILSCHEMATIC

L = 1/4W, 4" MIN.

L

DUCT SIZE AS

SHOWN ON PLAN

MANUAL

DAMPER

AIR

FLOWW

45°AIR FLOW

RETURN/EXHAUST CFM

REGISTER WIDTH

REGISTER HEIGHT

200/0808

CR

AIR DEVICE TYPE

NOTE: SIZING FOR GRILLES SIMILAR

DUCTSUPPLYRIGID

1" INSULATION

MD

METAL BAND CLAMP

WITH INSULATIONFLEXIBLE DUCT

ALL AROUNDSEAL AIR TIGHT

AIR

FLO

W

SPIN-IN FITTING DETAILNO SCALE

SEAL ALL AROUND

WITH DUCT MASTIC

REGISTER SIZINGNO SCALE

FAN COIL UNIT COILCONNECTION DETAILNO SCALE

DRAIN PAN

CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE

CS

MAV

COOLING COIL

CWR

CWS

TYPICAL DRAW

THROUGH

AC-UNIT

UNION (TYP.)

DRAIN TO EXTEND TO

NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN

UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

DRAIN TO BE FULL SIZE

OF UNIT CONNECTIONEQUAL TO FAN TOTAL STATIC

PRESSURE INCHES WATER

COLUMN (1" MINIMUM)

SLOPE DOWN

TRAP

COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRAINNO SCALE

5 DIA'S 5 DIA'S

CS (GPM)

NOTE:

1. THERE SHALL BE UNINTERRUPTED STRAIGHT PIPE 5 DIAMETERS OF PIPE DOWNSTREAM

AND 5 DIAMETERS OF PIPE UPSTREAM FROM EACH CIRCUIT SETTER.

2. THE ENTIRE CIRCUIT SETTER SHALL BE INSULATED WITH REMOVABLE SECTIONS OF PIPE

INSULATION SIZED TO OVERLAP THE CONNECTED PIPE INSULATION. INSULATION SHALL

OVERLAP 3 INCHES. DUAL TEMPERATURE WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE VAPOR SEALED.PIPE INSULATION

(WHERE REQUIRED)

WALL

GALVANIZED STEEL

PIPE SLEEVE

WALL

PIPE

1/4" SPACE BETWEEN

SLEEVE & INSULATION

WALL PIPE SLEEVE DETAILNO SCALE

CIRCUIT SETTER DETAILSCHEMATIC

SUPPLY CFM DIFFUSER NECK SIZEDIFFUSER FACE SIZE

110/0824

DIFFUSER SIZINGNO SCALE

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/19

M1

HVAC LEGEND,

DETAILS AND

NOTES

JCW

RDF

1

ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191

Page 23: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

PLAN NOTES:1. RELOCATED DIFFUSER. PROVIDE NEW FLEX DUCT AS REQUIRED TO MAKE

CONNECTION.

2. RELOCATED RETURN GRILLE. PROVIDE NEW RECTANGULAR DUCT AS REQUIRED TO

MAKE CONNECTION. NEW DUCT SHALL MATCH EXISTING RETURN DUCT SIZE.

3. PROVIDE NEW PNEUMATIC THERMOSTAT AND PNEUMATIC TUBING AS REQUIRED TO

MAKE CONNECTION (FC1-45).

4. PROVIDE NEW 24" X 24" LAY-IN FILTER GRILLE, 22" X 22" NECK.

5. RELOCATED PNEUMATIC THERMOSTAT. PROVIDE NEW PNEUMATIC TUBING AS

REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION.

6. NEW FAN COIL UNIT.

7. RELOCATED TRANSFER WITH TWO RETURN GRILLES. MODIFY FLEX DUCT AS

REQUIRED.

8. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT. IF LOCATION CONFLICTS

WITH NEW FULL-HEIGHT WALL, FRAME AROUND UNIT & DUCT.

9. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING CONDENSATE PIPE AND COORDINATE WITH

ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO ENSURE PIPE IS IN NEW ENCLOSURE.

10. CONNECT TO EXISTING CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE.

11. BALANCE NEW OUTSIDE AIR AMOUNT TO 20 CFM.

12. RELOCATED DUCT, DAMPER, DIFFUSERS. SEE DEMO PLAN NOTE 5.

13. REBALANCE EXISTING DIFFUSER TO 50 CFM.

14. REBALANCE EXISTING DIFFUSER TO 230 CFM.

15. PROVIDE NEW 24" X 24" LAY-IN FILTER GRILLE, 22" X 22" NECK. SUPPORT GRILLE

FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE.

16. PROVIDE NEW 12"x12" DOUBLE DEFLECTION WALL GRILLE. FACE BLADES TOWARDS

TRANSFORMER.

SHEET NOTES:1. ALL DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLES WITHIN SCOPE AREA ARE RELOCATED

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

2. BALANCE NEW DIFFUSERS TO AIRFLOW INDICATED.

FC

2-51

FC

2-50

FC

2-48

FC

2-47

FC2-46

FC2-58

FC2-62

FC2-61

FC2-59

FC2-11

FC2-10FC2-12 FC2-13

FC2-17

FC2-19

FC2-15

FC

2-22

FC2-16

FC2-21

FC2-20

FC2-18

5

1(TYP.)

4

2 (TYP.)

5

7

8

FC2-54

FC2-23

FC

2-55

FC

2-53

FC2-22B

160/0624

NO NEW WORK TO BE

COMPLETED IN THE

HATCHED AREA

30x10

30x8

8x4

12x8

20x10

8x4

24x8

8x6

8x8

20x10

48x10

14x10 8x10

5x88x8

24x624x6

8x4

18x8

6x5

24x6

8x4

6x8

14x8

8x5

24x6

26x8

28x6

18x8 14x8 12x8 8x8

6x5

18x8

20x6

6x4

24x6

6x8

14x8

24x624x6

18x87x8

8x6

24x8

20x10

7x10

8x4

18x8

8x4 8x4

24x8

14x810x8 6x8

24x8

18x8

24x6

24x8

24x8 24x8

5

18x10

5

FC2-14

14x8

6x8

9

4

26x8 22x6

6x4

11

2

1

1

1

1

2

2

1 (TYP.)

2

1

2

1

1(TYP)

24x6

2(TYP)

2

2

1(TYP)

1

2

1

212

1 (TYP.)1

2

1

2

2

1

OFFICE

201

OFFICE/LAB

200

OFFICE

202

OFFICE

204

OFFICE

207

OFFICE

205

OFFICE

203

OFFICE

260A

OFFICE

260B

OFFICE

260C

OFFICE

260D

OFFICE

209

OFFICE

211

OFFICE

213

OFFICE

217

OFFICE

219

OFFICE

232A

OFFICE

238B

OFFICE

239

OFFICE

235

OFFICE

260E

MEETING

260F

CLOSET

260G

CORRIDOR

B21

CORRIDOR

CR-2C

CORRIDOR

CR-2B

CLASSROOM

234

STORAGE/WORK

238A

ADMIN

238

PHYS GEOGLAB

232

MEETING

238C

BREAK

241

OFFICE

243

GRADSTUDENTS

237

OFFICE

221

OFFICE

223

OFFICE

225

OFFICE

227

OFFICE

215

RECEP

260

ELEC

262

STORAGE

237A

1

2

(TYP.)

(TYP.)

6

FC2-56

FC2-57

30x10

8x4

30x10

30x8

8x8

TT

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T T

T

T

T

T

T

TT

T

T

T

5

FC2-63 20x10

8x4

24x8T

CORRIDOR

CR-2C

CLOSET

238D

615

22x6

FC2-58B16

12x12

30x14

FC

1-44 30x8

24x8

FC

1-45

20x10

8x6

6x6

FC1-43

FC1-42

6x5 7x10

12x10

12x10

84x24 LOUVER

84x16 DUCT RISER

UP FROM TRENCH

THRU M.E. ROOM WALL

24x24 TRENCH BELOW FLOOR

5x10

24x8

6x6

30x8

8x8

10x8

44x10

38x10

44x10 UP

30x10

FC1-41

20x10

24x88x5

3

1

2(TYP)

5

NO NEW WORK TO BE

COMPLETED IN THE

HATCHED AREA

13

(TYP)

170/0624

(50 cfm)

(230 cfm)

COMPUTER

101

STORAGE

101A

A49

A44

A45

A46

A47

107

105

103

100

102

1

141

T

T

T

T

T

3/4"

3/4"

1" D DN

3/4"

3/4"

1"

1 1/4"3/4"

CHRCHS

HWSHWR

1"

CO

FC

2-22

FC2-16

FC2-20

FC2-21

CHRCHS

HWRHWS

FC2-22B D

D

1 1/4" D DN INTO

CMU WALL

TO FC2-14D

10

(FC2-22B)

OFFICE

239

CORRIDOR

CR-2B

BREAK

241

OFFICE

243

GRADSTUDENTS

237

STORAGE

237A

T

FC2-54

OFFICE

202

OFFICE

204

OFFICE

260A

OFFICE

260B

OFFICE

260C

CLOSE

260G

RECEP

260

ELEC

262

CORRIDOR

CR-2C

1"4"

3/4"4"

2"

RS

CHRCHS

HRHS

3/4"

FC2-58

FC2-61

FC2-6

CH

RC

HS

HR

HS

D

CO

COD

1" CD. UP, 1 1/2" DN.

1 1/4"

3/4"

3/4"1"

3/4"

1"

4"

CH

RC

HS

1"

3/4"D

3/4"

6

D10

FC2-58B

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

M2

PARTIAL NEW

WORK FLOOR

PLANS - HVAC

JCW

RDF

PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NEW WORK - HVACSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - NEW WORK - HVACSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PIPING PLANOFFICE 219SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

1

ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PIPING PLANELEC 262SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

1

1

1

Page 24: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

M3

HVAC

SPECIFICATIONS

JCW

RDF

1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: Work shall include complete HVAC systems. Provide supervision, labor, material, equipment,

machinery, plant and items necessary for complete systems tested and ready for operation.

2. REGULATIONS: Materials and installation shall comply with local codes, applicable provisions of latest edition of National Fire

Protection Association, local utility regulations and governmental departments having jurisdiction.

3. DRAWINGS: These drawings are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangement of systems and work included. Where

variances occur include the items of better quality, greater quantity or higher cost.

4. COORDINATION OF WORK: The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination and proper relation of his work to the

building structure and to the work of other trades. Contractor shall provide dimensions and locations of all openings, shafts and

similar items to the proper trades and shall install work as required so as not to delay the building construction. The Contractor is

responsible for damage caused by his work or workmen. Repairing of damaged work shall be done by the Contractor at no

additional cost.

5. VISITING THE SITE: Each Contractor shall be responsible for visiting the site before pricing the job to familiarize himself with all

existing conditions to be met in the execution of the work under this contract. No additional compensation will be allowed relating

to site conditions.

6. INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES: Interruptions of service to existing systems shall be coordinated with the Owner as to time and

duration. The Contractor shall be responsible for any interruptions to service and shall repair any damages to existing systems

caused by his operations.

7. SHOP DRAWINGS: Shop Drawings are required for all material and equipment that is specified by a manufacturer's name or as

indicated in these specifications. Furnish electronic pdfs as reviewed by the Contractor and Subcontractor. Submittal data for

related equipment shall be submitted at one time. Individual submittals will be allowed for equipment which impacts the

construction phasing. Identify submittals with PROJECT NAME and NUMBER, CONTRACTOR'S NAME, MANUFACTURER,

MODEL or STYLE, and CONTRACTOR's REVIEW STAMP. Submittals shall be detailed, dimensioned drawings showing

construction, size and arrangement, service clearances, performance characteristics, and capacity. Submittals not properly

identified or containing information of a general nature will not be reviewed and will be returned unchecked.

8. WORK IN OCCUPIED AREAS: Work in occupied areas shall be coordinated with the Occupant and Owner as to time and

duration. The Contractor shall protect the occupied area and shall be responsible for cleaning and repairing any damages caused

by his work. Safety of building occupants shall be assured at all times. Tools, material, dirt and debris shall be removed from

occupied areas whenever work areas are left unattended.

9. ACCESSIBILITY: Locate equipment which must be serviced or maintained in fully accessible positions where possible.

Otherwise, furnish access panels of sufficient size and located so that the concealed equipment can be serviced.

10. ROUGH-IN: Rough-in openings shall align vertically and horizontally with building structure. Wall-mounted sensors shall be

mounted 4'-6" above finished floor to bottom of sensor.

11. SLEEVES: Locate sleeves during normal course of work. Provide sleeves for piping passing through concrete floor slabs and

concrete, masonry, tile and gypsum wall construction. Where sleeves are located through fire-rated walls or floors, the sleeve

assemblies shall maintain the fire rating of the wall or floor. Sleeves shall be constructed of 20 gauge galvanized steel with lock

seam joints for all sleeves set in concrete floor slabs. All other sleeves shall be constructed of galvanized steel pipe. Sleeves

through concrete floors shall extend 8 inches above the floor and pipe/sleeve opening shall be sealed watertight.

12. CUTTING AND PATCHING: The Contractor shall provide all cutting and patching necessary to install his work. Patching shall

match adjacent surfaces. No structural members shall be cut without the approval of the Architect.

13. CLEANING: Equipment and piping shall be cleaned to remove foreign materials. Provide temporary filters for fan coil units that

are operated during construction. Plug or cap openings in equipment, ductwork, piping and materials until connection is made to

the system. Remove from the premises all unused material and debris resulting from the performance of HVAC work.

14. WIRING: Starters that are specified to be furnished as an integral part of the mechanical equipment shall be complete with

properly sized overload heaters. Temperature control wiring, equipment control wiring and control interlock wiring for mechanical

equipment shall be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor. Control wiring shall not include any wiring which carries motor

current. All wiring shall be in metal conduit and shall comply with the Electrical specifications.

15. QUIET OPERATION: Systems shall operate under conditions of load without unusual or excessive noise or vibration. Unusual

or excessive noise or vibration shall be corrected.

16. TESTING AND BALANCING: HVAC Contractor shall test all HVAC equipment to assure that the proper sequence of control is

established and operating in a safe manner. The Contractor shall provide the services of a firm certified by the Associated Air

Balancing Council or the National Environment Balancing Bureau to adjust and balance the HVAC systems. The air quantities for

equipment, diffusers and registers shall be balanced for the CFM as indicated on the drawing. The water quantities for coils and

equipment shall be balanced for the GPM as indicated on the drawings.

17. INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER: Instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of the mechanical systems until the

Owner is fully prepared to operate and maintain the systems. However, length of instruction time shall be limited to one (1) full

day.

18. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE: Provide the Owner with two (2) bound sets of Operating and Maintenance Instructions for all

HVAC equipment and controls.

19. GUARANTEE: Equipment, materials and labor required by these contract drawings shall be guaranteed to be free from defective

materials or workmanship for one (1) year after final acceptance of the project unless specified for a longer period in other

portions of the specifications. Defective materials or workmanship occurring during this period shall be corrected at no additional

cost.

20. PAINTING: General - Paint mechanical equipment and materials (where not concealed). Painting (in concealed spaces) shall be

limited to equipment and materials not otherwise protected from rusting such as hangers and supports. Paint shall be products of

Sherwin-Williams, Pittsburgh, Pratt-Lambert or equal. Surface preparation, priming and paint application shall be in accordance

with the manufacturer's instructions. Galvanized surfaces shall be pretreated with a phosphoric acid cleaning solution and

primed. After preparation each item shall be painted, except color of paint for equipment and material where not concealed shall

be as selected by the Architect. Items not concealed in rooms shall be painted of the same color to match adjacent walls or

ceilings. Painting is not required of items with a factory-finish coat. Patch painting is required of any damaged areas to match

factory-finish coat. Nameplates on equipment shall not be painted.

21. IDENTIFICATION OF PIPES AND EQUIPMENT : Each major piece of equipment, such as fan coil units and piping shall be

identified by marking that will read the same as the identification shown on the drawings. Stencil letters shall be 2 inches high

upper case painted with white enamel on equipment and black enamel on piping and conduit. Identification shall be painted on

each pipe or conduit where exposed or accessible and shall be placed every 15 feet along the pipe or conduit.

22. AIR DEVICES

A. Diffusers and grilles shall be Price or equal. Ceiling devices shall have white baked enamel finish. All other devices shall

have prime finish.

B. Diffusers: Square ceiling diffusers shall be Model ASCDA full louver face sized for direct lay-in mount for inverted T-bar

ceiling without panel extensions. Provide opposed blade manual damper, equalizing deflectors and square to round neck

adaptor. Construction shall be steel with mitered blade joints. Square ceiling diffusers for hard surface ceilings shall be

surface mount type of similar style, series, construction and appearance as lay-in units.

C. Grilles shall be Model 535 or 535D steel construction with 45 degree deflecting vanes on 1/2" centers and shall have free

area not less than 75%. Wall-mounted units shall be provided with horizontal face blades.

D. Ceiling Grilles shall be Model 630FF T-bar lay-in, louvered face filter return. Aluminum 3/4" blade spacing, 45° deflection,

and 1/4 turn quick release fasteners for maintaining filter.

23. DUCTWORK

A. General: Ductwork shall be zinc-coated sheet steel or aluminum, constructed and installed as recommended by the latest

edition of SMACNA for 2 inches wg static pressure rating.

B. The interior surfaces of all supply air and return air ducts shall be coated with anti-microbial paint or coating.

C. Duct clearance shall be established at the job site before any ducts are fabricated. The Contractor will not be allowed any

extra costs for ducts fabricated and then found not to fit.

D. Manual volume control dampers shall have accessible operating mechanism. Blade height shall not exceed 8 inches.

E. Turning vanes shall be provided in all square elbows and duct-mounted supply outlets.

F. Hinged access doors shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 90A at all automatic dampers, fire dampers, heaters,

thermostats, on each side of air handling unit and other apparatus requiring service and inspection in the duct system.

Access doors shall be 15" x 18" or as large as practical.

G. Provide flexible duct connections to fan coil units.

H. Duct supports shall consist of not less than 1" x 16-gauge galvanized strap iron hangers spaced not over 4'-0" on center.

I. Flexible duct runouts shall be flexible metal or metal and neoprene-coated canvas hose insulated with 1" thick fiberglass

with vinyl vapor barrier. All round duct take-offs shall be made with spin-in fittings with balancing damper. The duct

diameter shall match the air diffuser size unless otherwise indicated.

J. Fire Dampers:

(1) General: Fire dampers shall be dynamic type. Dampers shall meet local codes and the standards of the National Fire

Protection Association contained in Bulletin 90A. Dampers in ductwork shall be sized so that the free air space is not

less than the connected duct free air space. Location shall be as shown on drawings or as required by local code.

Dampers shall possess a 2-hour fire protection rating in accordance with NFPA No. 555.

(2) Material: The frame shall be constructed so as to be unaffected by corrosion or high heat. Mechanical parts shall

have bronze non-corrosive pins. Dampers shall feature closure spring operation suitable for closure against the

installed system air stream. When closed, the dampers shall be held closed by a catch arrangement. Blades

installed in regular ductwork will not be accepted.

(3) Fuse Links: Fire curtains shall be arranged to close automatically and remain tightly closed upon the operation of an

approved fusible link or other approved heat-actuated device, located where readily affected by an abnormal rise of

temperature in the duct. Fusible links shall have a temperature rating approximately 50° F above the maximum

temperature that would normally be encountered when the system is in operation or shut down.

(4) Access doors shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 90A. Suitable openings shall be provided to make fire

dampers accessible for inspection and maintenance.

24. PIPING

A. Chilled water lines: Pipe 2" and smaller shall be all Type 'L' hard drawn copper tubing or all ASTM A53 Schedule 40

standard weight black steel. Pipe over 2" shall be ASTM A53 Schedule 40 standard weight black steel. All fittings shall be

suitable for 125 psi water service.

B. Cooling coil condensate drain lines shall be ASTM B88, Type 'L' hard drawn copper tubing. Provide water seal from each

fan coil unit of sufficient depth to prevent blow out or siphoning of water.

C. Service Valves: Up to and including 2" shall be all brass, rising stem, solid wedge disc gate valves. Valves over 2" for

water service shall be iron body butterfly disc type with EPT Nordel seats. Valves over 2" for steam service shall be

butterfly type with carbon steel body and disc and teflon seal ring.

D. Globe valves shall be all brass with brass disc, except globe valves over 2" size may be butterfly type.

E. Check valves shall be brass or iron body, swing type, regrinding seat.

F. Strainers shall be Y type with bronze basket suitable for 125 psi service.

G. Manual air vents shall be chromium-plated brass 1/8" NPT coin-operated type.

H. Thermometers shall be Weiss 9" Vari-Angle Mercury type with separate socket.

I. Water Flow Measuring Devices: Circuit setters shall be Bell and Gossett brass balance valve with provisions for connecting

a portable differential pressure meter. Meter connections shall have built_in check valves. An integral pointer shall register

degree of valve opening. Each balance valve shall be constructed for 125 lbs. working pressure at 250 Deg. F. Furnish

one differential meter Model RO-5 complete with meter, cutoffs, piping, fittings and hose. The valve pressure drop and the

setting shall determine the actual system flow rate. The valve shall be adjustable with positive shut-off.

J. Pipe Supports: Suspended horizontal piping shall be supported by adjustable wrought steel clevis hangers. All supports

shall be attached to the building structure spaced 10'-0" on center. Hanger rods shall be 3/8" diameter size for pipes up

through 2" and 1/2" diameter size for 2-1/2" through 3". Pipe hanger rods shall be attached to the top chord only on steel

joists and beams with clamps. Piping shall be installed in practical alignment with the building.

K. Anchors for pipe shall be provided as required at the job site to localize expansion and contraction of pipe.

L. Installation: All piping shall be installed with sufficient pitch to insure adequate drainage and venting. All high points in

water lines shall be provided with manual-air vents, all low points with drains. Condensate drain lines shall slope 1/8" per

foot in direction of flow.

M. Dielectric fittings such as couplings, unions or flanges shall be installed to isolate pipes of non-ferrous metal where

connection is made to ferrous metal.

25. THERMAL COVERING

A. Insulation shall be Johns Manville, Owens Corning, Armstrong or equal. Insulation shall not be applied until after the

equipment, pipes or ducts to be insulated have proven satisfactory under tests. All materials used shall have composite

flame-spread rating not exceeding 25 and a smoke-developed rating not exceeding 50.

B. Piping: Insulation shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

C. Fiberglass pipe insulation shall have a white kraft bonded to aluminum foil, reinforced with fiberglass yarn jacket and shall

be vapor sealed. Elastomeric insulation shall be constructed of a closed cell structure to effectively retard the flow of

moisture vapor and serve as a vapor barrier. Insulation thickness and type for various piping systems shall be as indicated

in the following table (Pipe Size/Insulation Thickness).

PIPE SIZE/INSULATION THICKNESS (1)

System Temp. Less 1" to 1-1/2" Ins.

Range than 1 1/4" to 4" Type

(Deg. F) 1" (2)

Chilled

Water 40-55 1.0 1.0 1.0 A

Condensate

Drain 45-75 0.5 0.5 1.0 A,B

Notes:

(1) Minimum fiberglass insulation thickness shall be increased for materials having thermal resistance (R) values less

than four (4.0) per inch of thickness. Minimum elastomeric insulation thickness shall be increased for material having

thermal resistance (R) values less than 3.7 per inch thickness.

(2) A - Fiberglass type insulation; B - Elastomeric type insulation.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Fiberglass pipe insulation fittings shall be covered with premolded PVC fitting covers. Jackets on fiberglass pipe insulation

below 80 Deg. F. shall be vapor sealed using self-sealing lap, lap seal gun or adhesive. All insulation joints, laps, voids,

punctures and end tapers shall be sealed with 1/32" thickness of vapor adhesive. A 12" long, 1/2 section of hydrous

calcium silicate or foamglas insulation shall be used between hangers and piping. All piping shall have load-distributing

galvanized 16 gauge metal shields installed around the lower half of the insulation.

E. Elastomeric pipe insulation seams, voids and butt joints shall be sealed with a vapor barrier adhesive or taped with 1-1/2

inch wide 3M #471 tape. Flexible elastomeric insulation exposed to weather shall be covered with two coats of Armstrong

Armaflex Finish (vinyl lacquer).

F. Ductwork: All supply air ducts shall be externally insulated. Insulation where ducts are not concealed shall be rigid duct

insulation meeting ASTM C 612. All other insulation shall be flexible duct insulation meeting ASTM C 533. Insulation shall

have a factory-applied facing of foil-scrim-kraft paper jacket reinforced with fiberglass yarn mesh. Insulation shall be

secured to rectangular ducts by impaling over metal stick clips spaced 12" center each way. Round duct insulation shall be

secured with No. 18 gauge copperweld wire spaced not over 18" on center. Where insulation joints occur, facing tabs shall

be lapped not less than 2"; all joints, voids and punctures in facing shall be effectively vapor sealed with Foster Vapor-Safe

or Vapor-Fas adhesive. Insulation for all supply air and outdoor air ductwork shall be 1-1/2" thick and shall have a minimum

total thermal resistance (R) of 5.6 at a mean temperature of 75 Deg. F.

26. CONCEALED DUCTED HORIZONTAL FAN COIL UNITS

A. General: Fan coil units shall be Trane or equal recirculating type complete with casing, coil assembly, drain pan, extended

drain pan, air filters, fans, motor, fan drive, unit-mounted low voltage 3-speed (High-Medium-Low) fan switch, control

interface, deluxe piping and valve package, unit mounted non-fused disconnect switch, and 24V secondary control

transformer. Each unit shall be fastened securely to the building structure. Power wiring connection shall be single point.

Units shall be U.L. Listed. Provide units where indicated on the drawings. Size and performance shall be as indicated on

the drawings. All interior surfaces of the fan coil units (excluding coils, fins, and fan wheels) shall be coated with

anti-microbial paint or be constructed with metal treated with AgION anti-microbial compound.

B. Performance Data: Unit capacities shall be certified under Industry Room Fan-Coil Air Conditioner Certification Program in

accordance with ARI Standard 440-97. All units shall be U.L. Listed in the United States and Canada and comply with

NFPA 90A requirements.

C. Construction:

(1) Units shall include a chassis, coil(s), fan wheel(s), fan casing(s), fan board and motor(s). Units shall include a

non-corrosive, main drain pan, positively sloped in every plane and insulated with closed-cell insulation. All units shall

include a thermoplastic auxiliary drain pan. Steel parts exposed to moisture shall be galvanized. The fan board

assembly and both drain pans shall be easily removable. The fan board assembly shall include a quick-disconnect

motor plug. The chassis construction shall be 18-gage galvanized steel. The unit shall be acoustically and thermally

insulated with closed-cell insulation. All panels shall be made rigid by channel forming.

(2) Provide a supply duct collar and a return duct collar. All metal surfaces shall be galvanized. Unit shall be suspended

from the structure with threaded rods with rubber-in-shear vibration isolators.

D. Fans: The galvanized steel fan wheels shall be centrifugal forward-curved and double-width. Fan wheels and housings

shall be corrosion resistant. Fan housing construction shall be formed sheet metal. Fans shall be dynamically and

statically balanced at the factory.

E. Motors: All motors shall be high static ECM type. All motors shall be run tested in assembled units. All motors shall have

integral thermal overload protection with a maximum ambient operating temperature of 104° F and shall be permanently

lubricated. Motors shall be operated at three speeds (High-Medium-Low) with unit-mounted 3-speed switches.

F. Coils: Chilled water coils shall be burst tested at 450 psig (air) and leak tested at 100 psig (air under water). Maximum

main coil working pressure shall be 300 psig. Maximum entering water temperature shall be 200° F. Tubes and u-bends

shall be 3/8" OD copper. Fins shall be aluminum and shall be mechanically bonded to the copper tubes. Coil stubouts shall

be 1/2" OD copper tubing. Provide a manual air vent at the top of each coil.

G. Drain pans and auxiliary drain pans shall be sized and located properly to collect all water condensed on and dripping from

any item outside the unit since the units are mounted above ceilings. Drain pans shall be constructed with dual slope,

insulated outside to prevent condensation, and removable. Not less than 1/2" NPT connection shall be provided in drain

pans. Provide drain pan condensate overflow switches which upon detection of high condensate water level shall

de-energize the unit and alarm the BAS.

H. Piping and Packages: All piping and packages shall be burst tested at 450 psig (air) and leak tested at 100 psig (air under

water). The maximum working pressure of the interconnecting piping shall be 300 psig. Piping packages shall be deluxe

configurations. The deluxe package shall include unions at the coil connections and a 20 mesh strainer on the supply side

with a pressure rating on the strainer of up to 400 psig. The piping valve packages shall be designed so that any

condensation is directed into the auxiliary drain pan. Insulation of piping valve packages shall not be required. A ball valve

shall be provided on the supply runout with a balancing valve and ball valve on the return runout. The maximum working

pressure of the valves shall be 300 psig.

I. Two-Way Two-Position Control Valves for the chilled water coils shall be provided by the BAS contractor and factory

installed by the fan-coil manufacturer. Fan coil manufacturer shall coordinate with BAS contractor to assure that all required

controllers, transformers, or other control devices are provided for unit operation.

J. Filters: Filters shall be easily removable. Filters shall be one inch throwaway type.

27. CENTRIFUGAL CEILING FANS

A. Type - Greenheck Model as indicated on drawings or equal by Penn or Cook, centrifugal direct drive, forward inclined

blades.

B. Construction: The fan housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel. The housing interior shall be lined with

1/2" thick acoustical insulation. The discharge duct connection, including backdraft damper, shall be adaptable to horizontal

or vertical positions. The access for wiring shall be external. The motor disconnect shall be internal and of the plug in type.

The motor shall be mounted on vibration isolators. The fan shall have a forward curved centrifugal wheel. All fans shall be

licensed to bear the AMCA seal for air and sound performance.

28. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM

A. General - The system shall be an extension of and shall communicate seamlessly with the existing Siemens Building

Automation Control System (BAS). Direct Digital Control (DDC) technology shall be used to provide the functions necessary

for control as described in the Sequences of Control. Temperature Control Contractor shall be responsible for achieving the

"Sequences of Control". The system shall be installed by competent, trained mechanics. Provide all equipment and

materials as required to accomplish the Sequences of Control.

B. Application specific controllers shall be microprocessor-based DDC controllers, which through hardware or firmware design

are dedicated to control a specific piece of equipment. They shall be customized for operation within the confines of the

equipment they are designed to serve. Each shall be capable of stand-alone operation and shall continue to provide control

functions without being connected to the network and unit shall contain sufficient I/O capacity to control the target system.

C. Input/Output Interface:

(1) Hard-wired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through Building, Custom, or Application Specific Controllers.

(2) All input points and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to itself, another point, or ground

will cause no damage to the controller. All input and output points shall be protected from voltage up to 24V of any

duration, such that contact with this voltage will cause no damage to the controller.

(3) Binary inputs shall allow the monitoring of on/off signals from remote devices. The binary inputs shall provide a

wetting current of at least 12 mA to be compatible with commonly available control devices.

(4) Pulse accumulation input points. This type of point shall conform to all the requirements of Binary Input points, and

also accept up to 3 pulses per second for pulse accumulation, and shall be protected against effects of contact

bounce and noise.

(5) Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of low voltage (0-10 Vdc), current (4-20 mA), or resistance signals

(thermistor, RTD). Analog inputs shall be compatible with, and field configurable to commonly available sensing

devices.

(6) Binary outputs shall provide for on/off operation. Terminal unit and zone control applications may use 2 outputs for

drive-open, drive-close (tri-state) modulating control. Binary outputs on custom application controllers shall have

3-mode (on/off/auto) program override control from the panel with output status lights.

(7) Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs shall provide either a 0-10

Vdc or a 4-20 mA signal as required to provide proper control of the output device. Analog outputs on custom

application controllers shall have a 2-mode (auto/manual) program override control, with manual output adjustment

over 0-100% of range.

D. Auxiliary Control Devices:

(1) Electric valve actuators.

a. The actuator shall have electronic overload or digital rotation sensing circuitry to prevent damage to the actuator

throughout the rotation of the actuator.

b. Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 VDC or 0-20 mA control signal and provide a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA

operating range.

c. Actuators shall be Underwriters Laboratories Standard 873 listed.

(1) Control Valves:

a. Control valves shall be two-way type for two-position service.

b. Close-off (differential) Pressure Rating: Valve actuator and trim shall be furnished to provide the following

minimum close-off pressure ratings: Water Valves --150% of total system (pump) head.

c. Water Valves:

(1) Body and trim style and materials shall be manufacturer's recommendations for design conditions and

service shown, with equal percentage ports for modulating service

(2) Sizing Criteria:

(a) Two-way two-position service: Pressure drop shall not exceed 1 psi.

(b) Valves 1/2" through 2" shall be bronze body or cast brass ANSI Class 250, spring loaded,

Teflon packing, quick opening for two-position services. Two way valves to have replaceable

composition disc, or stainless steel ball.

(3) Water valves shall fail normally open.

E. Temperature Sensors:

(1) Temperature sensors shall be Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) or Thermistor.

(2) Duct sensors shall be rigid or averaging as shown. Averaging sensors shall be a minimum of 1.5m [5 feet] in length.

(3) Immersion sensors shall be provided with a separable stainless steel well. Pressure rating of well is to be consistent

with the system pressure in which it is to be installed.

(4) Space sensors shall be equipped with set-point adjustment of 3°F (adjustable through the BAS).

(5) Provide matched temperature sensors for differential temperature measurement. Differential accuracy shall be within

0.1 C [0.2 F].

F. Transformers and Power Supplies:

(1) Control transformers shall be UL listed, Class 2 current-limiting type, or shall be furnished with over-current protection

in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service.

(2) Unit output shall match the required output current and voltage requirements. Current output shall allow for a 50%

safety factor. Output ripple shall be 3.0 mV maximum Peak-to-Peak. Regulation shall be 0.10% line and load

combined, with 50 microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in over-voltage protection.

(3) Unit shall operate between 0° C and 50° C.

(4) Unit shall be UL recognized.

G. Current Switches: Current-operated switches shall be self-powered, solid state with adjustable trip current. The switches

shall be selected to match the current of the application and output requirements of the DDC system.

H. Sequences of Control:

(1) New Fan Coil Unit:

a. General: Each new fan coil unit shall be controlled and monitored as directed by the BAS. Unit controllers shall

be furnished and installed by the BAS Contractor.

b. Each fan coil unit shall consist of:

(1) Chilled water coil with a two-way two-position control valve (furnished and installed by the BAS

Contractor).

(2) Unit mounted supply air fan switch (3-speed).

c. The BAS shall perform the following fan coil control strategies and provide the specified monitoring and

diagnostics.

(1) Fan Operation: The supply air fan shall run continuously during the occupied mode of operation. A

unit-mounted 3-speed switch (High-Medium-Low) shall allow adjustment of airflow.

(2) Cooling Setpoint and Mode: Fan coil unit shall be controlled by a temperature sensor located in the

space through the BAS. The temperature sensor located in the space shall have an adjustment for

occupant comfort which shall change the setpoint by 3° F (adjustable through BAS

only).

(3) The chilled water coil 2-way control valve shall be opened/closed to maintain the space setpoint

temperature.

(4) Unoccupied Operation: In the Unoccupied Mode, the cooling operation shall be the same as Occupied

Mode, except that the supply air fan shall cycle on/off as needed to maintain setpoint within the space

and the adjustable setpoints shall be adjusted higher or lower as directed by the Owner.

(5) A condensate overflow switch shall shut off the fan coil unit fan and alarm the BAS if the high

condensate level trips the switch.

(1) New Exhaust Fan:

(2) Exhaust fan shall be controlled by a single-state cooling thermostat. Upon a call for cooling the fan shall energize.

Thermostat setpoint shall be 90 Deg F (adjustable, confirm with Owner).

SPECIFICATIONS FOR HVAC WORK

Page 25: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

SPRINKLER SYSTEM NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS:

1. THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN THE RENOVATED AREAS SHALL BE MODIFIED AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FULL

SPRINKLER COVERAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13-2013 AND THE 2015 VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE.

2. INSTALLATION SHALL BE ACC0MPLISHED BY A CONTRACTOR WHO IS DULY LICENSED AND ACCREDITED IN THE

INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT FOR THE PAST THREE YEARS.

3. EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE REMOVED. NEW SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RECESSED PENDENT IN FINISHED

CEILINGS, AND UPRIGHT IN SPACES OPEN TO STRUCTURE.

4. PIPING SHALL BE FERROUS PIPING (WELDED AND SEAMLESS), ASTM A795, ASTM A53 OR ASTM A153 IN ACCORDANCE WITH

NFPA 13.

5. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLERS AND SPRINKLER PIPING WITH OTHER PIPES,

DUCTS, LIGHTS, EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS, CEILING SUPPORTS, AND FRAMING BEFORE

INSTALLATION. SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WHERE ITS LOCATION INHIBITS EQUIPMENT FILTER AND

MAINTENANCE ACCESS OR INFRINGES UPON CLEARANCE DICTATED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. ALL SPRINKLERS

TO BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES - "CENTER OF TILE."

6. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN CORRIDORS, OFFICES, AND SIMILAR SPACES SHALL BE LIGHT HAZARD DESIGNED TO PROVIDE

0.10 GPM/SQ. FT. OVER 1500 SQ. FT. PLUS A 100 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE WET USING 155 DEG. F.

SPRINKLER HEADS AND COVER NO MORE THAN 225 SQ. FT. PER HEAD.

7. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN STORAGE ROOMS, LABORATORIES, AND SIMILAR SPACES SHALL BE ORDINARY HAZARD

GROUP 2 DESIGNED TO PROVIDE 0.15 GPM/SQ. FT. OVER 1500 SQ. FT. PLUS A 250 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE. THE SYSTEM

SHALL BE WET USING 155 DEG. F. SPRINKLER HEADS AND COVER NO MORE THAN 130 SQ. FT. PER HEAD.

8. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE PIPES PENETRATE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES.

9. THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM SERVING AREAS NOT BEING RENOVATED MUST BE MAINTAINED DURING

CONSTRUCTION.

10. CAREFULLY COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF SPRINKLERS WITH SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES. MAINTAIN

OBSTRUCTION DISTANCES AND SPACING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS LISTINGS AND NFPA

REQUIREMENTS.

UP

CR-2A

CR-2C

B24

B23

B22

B25

B26

B15

B5

B29B28

B2

B3

DN

229

231

229C229B229A

233

221

223

225

227

228 230

233A

215

257256 255 254 253

262

260

DN

219

217

213

211

209

207

205

203

201

200

202

204

260A

260B 260C

260G

258259A44

A45

A46

A47

107

105

103

100A

107

105

102

101

101A

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

E

RE

01/21/ 19

SP1

FIRE SUPPRESSION

FIRST AND

SECOND FLOOR

DEMOLITION PLAN

DRR

RDF

PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - FIRE SUPPRESSIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - FIRE SUPPRESSIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

Page 26: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

OFFICE

201

OFFICE/LAB

200

OFFICE

202

OFFICE

204

OFFICE

207

OFFICE

205

OFFICE

203

OFFICE

260A

OFFICE

260B

OFFICE

260C

OFFICE

260D

OFFICE

209

OFFICE

211

OFFICE

259OFFICE

258

OFFICE

213

OFFICE

217

OFFICE

219

OFFICE

232A

OFFICE

238B

OFFICE

239OFFICE

235

OFFICE

260E

MEETING

260F

CLOSET

260G

CORRIDOR

B21

CORRIDOR

CR-2C

CORRIDOR

CR-2B

CLASSROOM

234STORAGE/

WORK

238A

ADMIN

238

PHYS GEOGLAB

232

MEETING

238C

BREAK

241

OFFICE

243

GRAD

STUDENTS

237

UP

CR-2A

CR-2C

B24

B23

B22

B25

B26

B15

B5

B29B28

B2

B3

DN

229

231

229C229B229A

233

228 230

233A

254 253

260

DN

OFFICE

221

OFFICE

223

OFFICE

225

OFFICE

227

OFFICE

215

OFFICE

257 OFFICE

256

RECEP

260ELEC

262

OFFICE

255

STORAGE

237A

COMPUTER

101

STORAGE

101A

A49

A44

A45

A46

A47

107

105

103

100A

102

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BL

AC

KS

BU

RG

, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL

UP

FIT

FO

R T

HE

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

SP2

PARTIAL FIRST AND

SECOND FLOOR

PLANS - FIRE

SUPPRESSION

DRR

RDF

PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - FIRE SUPPRESSIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - FIRE SUPPRESSIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

Page 27: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

CORRIDOR

B21

CORRIDOR

CR-2C

CORRIDOR

CR-2B

UP

CR-2A

CR-2C

B24

B23

B22

B25

B26

B15

B5

B29B28

B2

B3

DN

229

231

229C229B229A

233

221

223

225

227

228 230

233A

215

257256 255 254 253

252251

262

260

DN

ER

ER

ER ER ER ER ERER ER

EXISTING PLUGMOLD

TO BE REMOVEDEM

EM

EM

ERER

ER

ER

EM

EM

ER EM

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

EXISTING PANEL-B

MANUFACTURED BY KINNEY

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-225A MLO

EMEM

EM

ER

EM

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

EM

EM

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

P2A-12

P2A-12

P2A-12

P2A-12

P2A-10

P2A-10

P2A-10

P2A-10

P2A-10

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-11

P2A-11

P2A-11

P2A-9

P2A-9

P2A-9

P2A-9

P2A-9

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-4

P2A-4

P2A-4

P2A-4

P2A-4

P2A-6

P2A-6

P2A-6

P2A-6

P2A-6P2A-6

P2A-5

P2A-5P2A-5

P2A-5

ERER

P2A-5 P2A-3

P2A-3

P2A-3

P2A-3

P2A-3

ER

ER

ER

P2A-3

P2A-1

P2A-1

P2A-1

P2A-1

P2A-1

ER

ER

P2A-21

P2A-21

P2A-21 P2A-21

P2A-21

P2A-23

P2A-23

P2A-23 P2A-23

P2A-23

P2A-23

ER

P2A-19

P2A-20

P2A-20

ER

P2A-20

P2A-23 P2A-26

P2A-26

P2A-26

P2A-26 P2A-26

P2A-23

ER

ER

ER

P2A-26

P2A-28

P2A-28

P2A-28P2A-28

ER

P2A-28

P2A-20

P2A-20 P2A-22 P2A-22 P2A-22 P2A-22

P2A-22

P2A-30 P2A-30

P2A-30

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

P2A-19

P2A-19P2A-19

P2A-19

ERER ER

ER

EXISTING PANEL-L2A

SQUARE-D I-LINE

480Y/277V-3PH-4W-225A MLO

EXISTING PANEL-P2A

SQUARE-D NQOD

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-250A MCB

EXISTING TRANSFORMER

SQUARE-D 75KVA DRY-TYPE

480V-208Y/120V

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

EXISTING PANEL-P2B

SQUARE-D NQOD

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-100A MLO

NO NEW WORK TO BE

COMPLETED IN THE

HATCHED AREA

ERER

P2A-15

P2A-15 P2A-15

P2A-15

238C

238B238A236A

236238

234

232C

232B

232

243

241239

237

235A

237

219

217

213

211

209

207

205

203

201

200

202

204

260A

260B 260C 260D

260G

258259

ER

ER ER ER

ERER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ERER

EMEM

EM

ER

P2A-21

ER

P2A-21

ER

EM

EM

ER

ER ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER ER ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER ER

ER

ER ER

ER

ER ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER ER

ER ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER ER

ER ER

ERER

ERER ER

ERER

ERER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERERERER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

EXISTING TELEPHONE

PANEL TO REMAIN

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

1

A49

A44

A45

A46

A47

107

105

103

100C

100B

100A

100

P1A-4

P1A-1

P1A-1

P1A-1

P1A-1

P1A-3

P1A-3

P1A-3

P1A-3P1A-3

P1A-3

P1A-5P1A-5

P1A-5P1A-5

P1A-5P1A-5

P1A-6

P1A-6

P1A-6 P1A-6

P1A-6

P1A-4

P1A-4

P1A-4

P1A-4

P1A-1

ER

L1A-3

L1A-3

P1A-1

EM

EM

EM

EM

EM

ER

ER

EM

ER

ER

EM

ER

ER

EM

EM

ERER

ER EXISTING PANEL-P1A

SQUARE-D NQOD

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-250A MCB

EXISTING TRANSFORMER

SQUARE-D 75KVA DRY-TYPE

480V-208Y/120V

ER

EXISTING PANEL-L1A

SQUARE-D I-LINE

480Y/277V-3PH-4W-225A MLO

EXISTING PANEL-P1B

SQUARE-D NQOD

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-100A MLO

NO NEW WORK TO BE

COMPLETED IN THE

HATCHED AREA

102

101

101C

101A

101B

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER ER ER

ER

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

ED1

PARTIAL FIRST AND

SECOND FLOOR

PLANS - ELECTRICAL

DEMOLITION

JTO

WAM

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES:

1. SCOPE: THE SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION IS DEFINED IN THE FOLLOWING NOTES AND IN LIMITED FASHION ON THE DRAWINGS; THE

DRAWINGS ARE ONLY INTENDED TO BE A PARTIAL REPRESENTATION OF THE ACTUAL DEMOLITION WORK REQUIRED. THESE NOTES ONLY

APPLY TO THE AREAS OF RENOVATION. IN GENERAL, THE DEMOLITION SCOPE IS THE REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN

THE AREAS OF RENOVATION, AS NOTED IN THESE NOTES AND ON THE DRAWINGS.

2. RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES: EXISTING RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES SHALL BE REMOVED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE

EXISTING DEVICES ARE INDICATED TO REMAIN, REPLACE THE EXISTING DEVICE TO MATCH THE NEW DEVICES BEING PROVIDED. WHERE

FLUSH MOUNTED RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES TO BE REMOVED (NOT REPLACED IN PLACE) OCCUR IN EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN, REMOVE

DEVICE AND COVER PLATE, CUT WIRES AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE, AND PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE. COVER PLATE SHALL MATCH COVER

PLATES FOR NEW WORK. WHERE SURFACE MOUNTED SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES TO BE REMOVED OCCUR ON EXISTING WALLS TO

REMAIN, ALSO REMOVE ASSOCIATED EXPOSED BOXES, CONDUIT AND SURFACE RACEWAY.

3. DATA, PHONE, CATV AND A/V: EXISTING DATA, PHONE, CATV AND A/V OUTLETS SHALL BE REMOVED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.

WHERE SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES INDICATED TO BE REMOVED OCCUR ON EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN, ALSO REMOVE ASSOCIATED

EXPOSED BOXES, CONDUIT AND SURFACE RACEWAY. THE OWNER WILL REMOVE ALL SCREENS, PROJECTORS, AND WIRELESS ACCESS

POINTS.

4. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES SHALL BE REMOVED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. REMOVE ALL

WIRING AND ACCESSIBLE CONDUIT ASSOCIATED WITH DEVICES BEING REMOVED. THE EXISTING SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN OPERATIONAL AT ALL

TIMES THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WIRING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SYSTEM OPERATION WHEN

AN AREA IS DISCONNECTED FOR RENOVATION.

5. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT: DISCONNECT EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT IS BEING REMOVED, AND REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED

STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, ETC. ABANDON CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS CONCEALED IN EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN. REMOVE ACCESSIBLE

CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS SERVING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING DEMOLISHED. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE

INFORMATION. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, EXISTING WIRING TO EXISTING-TO-REMAIN EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN.

6. INTERIOR LIGHTING: REMOVE ALL EXISTING INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES AND CONTROLS, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED

OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. THE EXISTING CIRCUITS SERVING LIGHTING FIXTURES BEING DEMOLISHED SHALL BE RETAINED FOR

RECONNECTION TO THE NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES.

7. CONDUIT: WHERE EXISTING CONDUIT IS EXPOSED DUE TO DEMOLITION OF WALLS, CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS SHALL BE REMOVED, UNLESS

INDICATED TO REMAIN OR NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN SERVICE TO EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN. WHERE CONDUIT RISES FROM FLOOR TO FEED

REMOVED ITEMS, CUT CONDUIT FLUSH WITH FLOOR AND FILL IT WITH GROUT. FINISH TO MATCH FLOOR SURFACE. ALL ACCESSIBLE UNUSED

CONDUIT SHALL BE REMOVED; ALL INACCESSIBLE UNUSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ABANDONED. ALL CONDUIT TO NEW DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT

SHALL BE NEW, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

8. WIRING: ALL WIRING TO DEMOLISHED DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REMOVED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL EXISTING WIRING TO

EXISTING-TO-REMAIN DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL ACCESSIBLE UNUSED WIRING SHALL BE

REMOVED; ALL INACCESSIBLE UNUSED WIRING SHALL BE ABANDONED. ALL WIRING TO NEW DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW,

UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

9. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO EXISTING TO REMAIN DEVICES AND FIXTURES THROUGHOUT DEMOLITION WORK.

10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REMOVED FROM THE BUILDING. IF THE

OWNER DESIRES TO RETAIN EQUIPMENT, HE WILL REMOVE IT FROM THE SITE. ALL EQUIPMENT NOT RETAINED BY THE OWNER SHALL BECOME

PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE. DISPOSAL OF ALL EQUIPMENT CONTAINING HAZARDOUS

MATERIALS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR, AND THE COST OF DISPOSAL SHALL BE INCLUDED.

11. INFORMATION ON DEMOLITION DRAWINGS DOES NOT INDICATE ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND

MECHANICAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND SHALL VERIFY ALL DEMOLITION REQUIRED. ADDITIONAL

COMPENSATION WILL NOT BE ALLOWED FOR DEMOLITION DUE TO CONTRACTOR NOT VISITING SITE AND DETERMINING FULL SCOPE OF

DEMOLITION REQUIRED.

13. SEE THE DEMOLITION FLOOR PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS. ON THE DEMOLITION FLOOR PLANS, ALL DASHED ITEMS

SHALL BE REMOVED AND ALL SOLID ITEMS SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191

Page 28: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

E1

ELECTRICAL

LEGEND, SCHEDULES,

DETAILS AND

ABBREVIATIONS

JTO

WAM

MTG. HGT. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

ELECTRICAL LEGEND

PLAN NOTE DESIGNATION.1

A1 LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE DESIGNATION.

REVISION DESIGNATION.1

NEW CONNECTED TO EXISTING AT THIS POINT.

LIGHTING FIXTURE, LED OR FLUORESCENT, CEILING MOUNTED. SYMBOL SIZE VARIESWITH LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE.

LIGHTING FIXTURE, LED, CEILING MOUNTED WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY LED DRIVER.(TYPICAL FOR ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES)

LIGHTING FIXTURE, LED, INCANDESCENT, FLUORESCENT OR HID, CEILING MOUNTED.

EXIT SIGN, CEILING MOUNTED. SHADED QUADRANT(S) INDICATES FACE(S). PROVIDEARROWS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE "X1".

GENERAL USE SWITCH, SINGLE POLE. 4'-0" S

S SWITCH, LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL, WALL-BOX MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATESTYPE AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS.

L14'-0"

S SWITCH WITH INTEGRAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR, WALL-BOX MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATESTYPE AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS.

O14'-0"

OCCUPANCY SENSOR, LOW-VOLTAGE, CEILING MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATES TYPE ASSCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS.

O1

PHOTOSENSOR, LOW-VOLTAGE, CEILING MOUNTED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS ON THIS SHEET.PS

RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, WALL. ALPHA-NUMERIC OR NUMERIC SUBSCRIPT, WHERE SHOWN,INDICATES CIRCUIT. (TYPICAL FOR ALL RECEPTACLES)

1'-4" TO BOT

RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX GFCI, WALL.1'-4" TO BOT

RECEPTACLES, TWO DUPLEX (QUAD) IN A TWO GANG OUTLET BOX, WALL.1'-4" TO BOT

RECEPTACLE, SINGLE, WALL.1'-4" TO BOT

RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL PURPOSE, WALL. NEMA TYPE AS NOTED ON FLOOR PLANS.1'-4" AFF TOBOT, UNO

JUNCTION BOX, WALL.1'-4" TOBOT, UNO

J

JUNCTION BOX, CEILING.J

TELECOM OUTLET, WALL. 1'-4" TO BOT

COMMUNICATIONS AND POWER OUTLETS, WALL MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATES THECONFIGURATION AND MOUNTING AS DETAILED ON ELEC DRAWINGS.

1'-4" TO BOT1

WIRELESS ACCESS POINT (WAP), CEILING MOUNTED.W

SMOKE DETECTOR, CEILING.S

FIRE ALARM HORN OR SPEAKER WITH INTEGRAL VISUAL DEVICE, CEILING. NUMBERINDICATES VISUAL DEVICE MINIMUM CANDELA RATING.30

F

FIRE ALARM VISUAL DEVICE, CEILING. NUMBER INDICATES VISUAL DEVICE MINIMUMCANDELA RATING.30

F

FIRE ALARM HORN OR SPEAKER, CEILING.F

ELECTRIC MOTOR CONNECTION.M

208/120 VOLT PANELBOARD.6'-0"

480/277 VOLT PANELBOARD.6'-0"

NON-FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH, WALL OR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATESNON-FUSED/3-POLE/60 AMP RATING.N/3/60

5'-0"

TOGGLE SWITCH, HORSEPOWER RATED, WALL OR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED. SINGLE POLEUNLESS SHOWN WITH NUMBER INDICATING NUMBER OF POLES GREATER THAN ONE.

MS5'-0"

COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER AND NON-FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH, WALL OREQUIPMENT MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATES 3-POLE/30 AMP RATING/ NEMA SIZE 0 STARTER.3/30/0

5'-0"

CIRCUIT DESIGNATION. DESIGNATION SHOWN INDICATES PANEL 2LP1 AND CIRCUITNUMBER 24.

2LP1-24

CONDUIT EXPOSED.

CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR ABOVE CEILING.

CONDUIT TURNED UP.

CONDUIT TURNED DOWN.

NOTES (ELECTRICAL LEGEND):

1. THESE ARE STANDARD ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND MAY NOT ALL APPEAR ON THE PROJECT DRAWINGS.

HOWEVER, WHEREVER AN ELECTRICAL SYMBOL APPEARS ON THE PROJECT DRAWINGS, THE ITEM SHALL BE

FURNISHED AND INSTALLED.

2. MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO TOP OF OUTLET OR EQUIPMENT, UNO. WHERE THE

MOUNTING HEIGHT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IS DIFFERENT FROM THE LEGEND, THE DRAWING TAKES

PRECEDENT. SEE DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS NOT INDICATED IN THE LEGEND.

3. SEE ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS FOR ALPHABETIC SUBSCRIPT WITH SYMBOL, UNO.

ELECTRIC WATER COOLEREWC

SCCR SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING

1. ALL ABBREVIATIONS LISTED MAY NOT APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. REFER TO OTHER ABBREVIATION LISTS

NOTE (ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS):

ELSEWHERE IN THESE DOCUMENTS FOR ABBREVIATIONS NOT LISTED HERE.

IGIMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT

ISOLATED GROUND

GF,GFI,GFCI

FLUORFLUOR

HPF

HZ

HW

HPS

HTR

HP

HID

HOA

HG

H OR HOR

GND

FC

GEN

FXTRFXTR

FSD

FSS

FACPFACP

FDR

FA

EXIST

EXT

HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE

HORSEPOWER OR HEAT PUMP

HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM

HIGH POWER FACTOR

HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC

HOT WATER

HERTZ

HEATER

HORIZONTAL

HOSPITAL GRADE

GROUND

FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER

FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELFIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

FOOTCANDLE

GENERATOR

FLUORESCENTFLUORESCENT

GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER

FIXTURE

EXISTING

EXTERIORFIRE ALARM

FEEDER

WP WEATHERPROOF

TRANSFORMER

TRANSFER

XFMR

XFER

TC TIME CLOCK

VOLT-AMPERE

UNDERGROUND

WATT OR WIRE

VOLT-AMPERE REACTIVE

UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

VOLT

VOLTMETER

W

VM

V

VAR

VA

UNDERFLOOR

TYPICAL

TELEVISIONTELEPHONE

UG

UNO

UF

TYP

TVTEL

MOTOR OPERATED SMOKE DAMPER

SURGE SUPPRESSOR

SYMMETRICAL

SWITCHBOARD

SURFACE RACEWAY

SOLID NEUTRAL

SURFACE METAL RACEWAY

STR STARTER

SWITCHGEAR

SWITCH

SYM

SN

SWGR

SWBD

SW

SECONDARY

SPEAKERSPKR

SSSR

SMD

SEC

SMR

COMB

E OR EMER

ENG

ER

EQUIP

EP

ENCL

EMT

EML

EM

EMN

ELEC

EL

CTRL

DC

DR

DISC

CW

CU

COND

CONT

CT

CONN

CNDCNTR

EXIST RELOCATED TO THIS LOCATION

EXIST REMOVED

EXIST REMOVED AND NEW INSTALLED

ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING

EXIST TO REMAIN

EQUIPMENT

ENCLOSURE

EXPLOSIONPROOF

ENGINE

EMERGENCY

ELECTRIC OR ELECTRICAL

DOOR RELEASE SERVICE

CURRENT TRANSFORMER

CONTROL

DISCONNECT

DIRECT CURRENT

COLD WATER

COPPER

CONTACTOR

CONNECTION

CONDUCTOR

COMBINATION

CENTERCONDUIT

BRKR

ASYM

AWG

CATV

CCTV

CF

CKT

CLG

CB

CAB

CA

BD

BEL

AM

ATS

AMPL

AIC

AL

AFF

ABV

AFD

ACACB

A OR AMP

AMERICAN WIRE GAGE

COMPACT FLUORESCENT

CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION

CABLE TV

CIRCUIT BREAKER

CIRCUIT

CEILING

BUS DUCT

BREAKER

CABINET

CABLE

BELOW

ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

ALTERNATING CURRENTABOVE COUNTER BACKSPLASH

AMPERES INTERRUPTING CAPACITY

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

AMMETER

ALUMINUM

AMPLIFIER

ASYMMETRICAL

ABOVE

AMPERE

MS

PBS PUSHBUTTON STATION

PANELBOARD

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER

RECEPTACLE

QUANTITY

REC

RGS

QTYPOWER

PANEL OR PANELBOARD

PHASE

PRIMARY

PTPVC

PWR

PRI

PNLBRD

PH

PNL

PULL BOX OR PUSHBUTTON

MOUNTED OR MOUNTING

MAGNETIC STARTER

MERCURY VAPOR

NON-FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE

NFSS

OVERHEAD

POLE

NUMBER

PB

P

OH

NO

NEUTRAL

METER

NEUT

NEC

MTG

MV

MTR

LTG LIGHTING

MAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAME

MAIN LUGS ONLY

THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

METAL HALIDE OR MOUNTING HEIGHT

MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER

MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION

MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER

MOTOR

MOD

MOT

MLO

MCM

MDF

MH

LUMENS OR LUMINAIRE

MANUALMAGNETIC

MAN

MATV

MCC

MCB

MAGLUM

JUNCTION BOX

LIGHTNING ARRESTER

LOW PRESSURE SODIUM

KILOWATT-HOUR

KILOVOLT-AMPERE

KILOVOLT-AMPERE REACTIVE

KILOWATT

KWH

LPS

LA

KVAR

KW

KVA

KILOVOLT

THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS

JB

KCMIL

KV

DB DOOR BELL

DS DOOR SWITCH

GD GARAGE DOOR

C COUNTERTOP

ERC ELEVATOR RECALL

ELEV ELEVATOR

UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIESUL

HGT HEIGHT

REFRIGERATORREFRIG

BOT BOTTOM

DIM DIMENSION

MINIMUMMIN

DWG DRAWING

ARC FAULT INTERRUPTERAF OR AFI

FACU FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICESPD

EXIST REMOVED AND RELOCATED

VERTICALVERT

ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS

NIGHT LIGHTNL

SB SOUNDER BASE

RELAY BASERB

MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMMNS

KNOCKOUTKO

IC INTERCOM OR INTERRUPTING CAPACITY

TAMPER RESISTANTT

LRP LIGHTING RELAY PANEL

CR CORROSION RESISTANTNORMALN OR NORM

SL SINGLE STATION

UNDERCOUNTERUC

S/O SPACE ONLY

LIGHT EMITTING DIODELED

SPECIAL PURPOSESP

MANUAL MOTOR STARTERMMS

ECNC EXIST CND AND NEW CONDS

ABD ABANDONED

AIP ABANDONED IN PLACE

INITIALINIT

GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION/PROTECTED

INCANDESCENTINC

BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM

MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTIONMOCP

MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MCA

IDF INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAME

MOTOR/GENERATORM/G

WIRE GUARDWG

GTD GENERATOR TRANSFER DEVICE

VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEVFD

EGC EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR

GEC GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR

EC EMPTY CONDUIT

G RECEPTACLE GUARD

USB CHARGERU

DEVICE

SYMBOL

LIGHTING SENSOR AND CONTROL SWITCH LEGEND/SCHEDULE

DESCRIPTION OPERATIONMANUFACTURER / MODEL NUMBER

NOTES:

BASIS OF DESIGN

LD ACUITY nLIGHT nPP16 D SA/SA2

USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND MANUAL CONTROLS FOR

AUTO-ON TO 50% OPERATION. PROVIDES ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER

CAPABILITY FOR ONE ZONE OF LIGHTING.

LS ACUITY nLIGHT nPP16 SA/SA2USE WITH VACANCY SENSORS AND MANUAL CONTROLS FOR

MANUAL-ON OPERATION. PROVIDES ON/OFF CAPABILITY FOR

ONE ZONE OF LIGHTING.

1

1. DEVICE FINISHES SHALL BE AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.

2. IF ONE OF THE "OTHER ACCEPTABLE PRODUCT" SENSORS ARE USED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SENSORS AS NEEDED TO COMPLETELY COVER THE SPACE SERVED. QUANTITIES ON DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON

THE COVERAGE OF THE BASIS-OF-DESIGN SENSORS. EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL SENSORS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.

3. ALL OCCUPANCY SENSOR TIME DELAYS SHALL BE 15 MINUTES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

4. PROVIDE ALL LOW-VOLTAGE WIRING NEEDED FOR A FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEM (CAT 5E, 0-10V VIOLET-AND-GRAY, ANY OTHER MANUFACTURER-RECOMMENDED CABLING, PLENUM-RATED WHERE IN AIR HANDLING SPACES,

IN DEDICATED CONDUIT SYSTEM WHERE NOT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, IN DEDICATED SLEEVES WHERE PENETRATING PARTITIONS).

5. FOR CAT5E "PLUG-AND-PLAY" SYSTEMS, AT LEAST ONE WALL SWITCH IN EACH ROOM SHALL HAVE AN OPEN CAT5E PORT (SO THAT THERE IS AN EASILY ACCESSIBLE OPEN PORT).

6. PROVIDE ALL PROGRAMMING NEEDED TO SET UP SENSORS, POWER PACKS AND LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHES PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. LOW-VOLTAGE CONTROLS (SENSORS, SCENES AND SWITCHES) SHALL BE

USER-CONFIGURABLE EITHER VIA A MOBILE APP OR HANDHELD REMOTE CONTROLS - PROVIDE ONE OF EACH DEVICE REQUIRED FOR USER-CONFIGURATION AFTER INITIAL SETUP.

7. ALL MANUAL CONTROL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE 48" AFF TO THE TOP. LOAD CONTROLLERS SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE THE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING (PLENUM-RATED WHERE IN AIR HANDLING SPACES), EXCEPT

WHERE LUTRON OR EATON GREENGATE OR CRESTRON GLPAC PRODUCTS ARE USED SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN THE CORRIDOR OUTSIDE THE ROOM SERVED.

8. PROVIDE LOAD CONTROLLERS IN QUANTITIES NEEDED TO SERVE THE NUMBER OF ZONES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ROOMS MAY SHARE LOAD CONTROLLERS IF THERE ARE SUFFICIENT OUTPUTS AND IF ROOMS CAN

STILL OPERATE INDEPENDENTLY OF ONE ANOTHER. LOAD CONTROLLERS SHALL BE THE DIMMING TYPE WITH 0-10V WIRING IN ROOMS WHERE SWITCHES ARE THE DIMMING TYPE OR WHERE PHOTOSENSORS ARE PRESENT.

9. LOW-VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING (INCLUDING 0-10V) MUST BE INSTALLED AS CLASS 2 CIRCUITS, IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH NEC 725.136. LOW-VOLTAGE WIRING CANNOT SHARE THE SAME RACEWAY WITH LINE-VOLTAGE

WIRING EXCEPT UNDER THE CONDITIONS LISTED IN NEC 725.136(I).

10. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES.

OTHER ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS

ACUITY nLIGHT nPODM

USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) FOR AUTO-ON OPERATION.

PROVIDES ON/OFF CAPABILITY FOR ONE ZONE ATLOW VOLTAGE SINGLE-ZONE

ON/OFF SWITCH

HUBBELL NX SYSTEM SWITCH;

WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM SWITCH;

LUTRON seeTOUCH QS SWITCH;

2 ACUITY nLIGHT nPODM DX

USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) FOR AUTO-ON TO 50% OPERATION.

PROVIDES ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER CAPABILITY FOR ONE ZONE ATLOW VOLTAGE SINGLE-ZONE

ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER SWITCH

HUBBELL NX SYSTEM SWITCH;

WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM SWITCH;

LUTRON seeTOUCH QS SWITCH;ONE OR MORE SWITCH LOCATIONS.

3 ACUITY nLIGHT nPODM 2P DX

USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) FOR AUTO-ON TO 50% OPERATION.

PROVIDES ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER CAPABILITY FOR TWO ZONES ATLOW VOLTAGE DUAL-ZONE

ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER SWITCH

HUBBELL NX SYSTEM SWITCH;

WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM SWITCH;

LUTRON seeTOUCH QS SWITCH;

ONE OR MORE SWITCH LOCATIONS.

VACANCY SENSOR, 0-10V DIMMING WITH MANUAL-ON AUTO-OFF ACUITY SENSOR SWITCH WSX D SA

HUBBELL LHD SERIES;

WATTSTOPPER PW-311 SERIES;

LUTRON MS-Z101 SERIESD

WALL SWITCH 0-10V DIMMING

OCCUPANCY SENSOR

PHOTOSENSOR, FOR AUTOMATIC RAISE/LOWER OF LIGHTS ACUITY nLIGHT nCM ADCX DZ RJBPSLOW VOLTAGE CEILING MOUNTED

DIMMING PHOTOSENSOR

HUBBELL NX SYSTEM PHOTOSENSOR;

WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM PHOTOSENSOR;

LUTRON EC-DIR-WH;

OCCUPANCY SENSOR ACUITY nLIGHT nCM PDT 9 RJB1OLOW VOLTAGE DUAL TECH CEILING

MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

HUBBELL NX SYSTEM DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;

WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;

LUTRON LOS-CDT SERIES;

HUBBELL NX SYSTEM ROOM CONTROLLER;

WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM ROOM CONTROLLER;

LUTRON ENERGI SAVR NODE;

LOAD CONTROLLER, 0-10V DIMMING

(ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER)

HUBBELL NX SYSTEM ROOM CONTROLLER;

WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM ROOM CONTROLLER;

LUTRON ENERGI SAVR NODE;

ONE OR MORE SWITCH LOCATIONS.

LOAD CONTROLLER, SWITCHED

(ON/OFF)

EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER DAYLIGHT SENSOR

EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR

EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER

EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER

EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER SYSTEM SWITCH

EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER SYSTEM SWITCH

EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER SYSTEM SWITCH

CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC SYSTEM SWITCH;

CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC SYSTEM SWITCH;

CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC SYSTEM SWITCH;

CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC (DEPENDING ON SWITCH FUNCTIONS;

CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC (DEPENDING ON SWITCH FUNCTIONS);

CRESTRON GLS SERIES DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;

CRESTRON GLS SERIES DAYLIGHT SENSOR;

OCCUPANCY SENSOR ACUITY nLIGHT nCM PDT 10 RJB2OLOW VOLTAGE DUAL TECH CEILING

MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

HUBBELL NX SYSTEM DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;

WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;

LUTRON LOS-CDT SERIES;

EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR

CRESTRON GLS SERIES DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;

FIXTURE

TYPE

LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

MOUNTING BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER AND CATALOG NO.LAMP

TYPE

CEILING/

RECESSEDA2

LITHONIA LIGHTING LE-S-1-R-EL NCEILINGX1

B1

LED

CEILING/

RECESSEDA3

REMARKS

NOTE 1

LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES:

1. PROVIDE SINGLE FACE EXIT SIGN AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.

2. PROVIDE INTEGRAL 1400 LUMEN BATTERY DRIVER FOR FIXTURES INDICATED FOR EMERGENCY EGRESS.

CEILING/

RECESSED

LED

LED

LED

LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-40L-EZ1-LP840

LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-48L-EZ1-LP840

LITHONIA LIGHTING 2GTL4-40L-A12125-EZ1-LP840

ACCEPTABLE EQUALS

EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIES

EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIES

EATON METALUX GRLED SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS 50 SERIES

ISOLITE LPDC SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS EXIT/CA SERIES

GENERAL NOTES (LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE):

1. OTHER MANUFACTURERS WILL BE CONSIDERED (IN ADDITION TO WHAT IS LISTED) IF THEY ARE EQUAL TO WHAT IS SPECIFIED.

2. 10% DIMMING DRIVERS ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR FIXTURES WHERE THE BASIS OF DESIGN INCLUDES 1% DIMMING DRIVERS.

CEILING/

RECESSEDA1 LED LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-30L-EZ1-LP840

EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIES

AVERAGE FOOT-CANDLE LEVELSPACE TYPE

LIGHTING FOOT-CANDLE LEVEL SUMMARY

BIO LAB 101B 60

ENTRY 101 25

GIS LAB 101A 60

DEMAND SUMMARY:

SWITCHBOARD 'A' IS A 480V-3PH-4W-2000 AMP

SWITCHBOARD THAT FEEDS SWITCHBOARD 'SC'.

SWITCHBOARD 'SC' IS A 480V-3PH-4W-2000A

SWITCHBOARD. THE MAXIMUM DEMAND ON

SWITCHBOARD 'A' IS 618 AMPS, PER

INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM VTES.

33.5 AMPS ARE BEING ADDED TO SWITCHBOARD

'SC' UNDER THIS PROJECT, RESULTING IN A

TOTAL PEAK DEMAND OF 651.5 AMPS ON

SWITCHBOARD 'A'.

ADMIN 238 40

CLASSROOM 234 60

CONF 243 45

CORRIDOR B21 25

GRAD STUDENTS 237 50

MAIL/BREAK 241 35

MEETING 238C 45

OFFICES 45

PHYS GEOG LAB 232 55

STORAGE/WORK 238A 30

WORK AREA 260F 35

CEILING/

RECESSEDA1E LED LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-30L-EZ1-LP840-EL14L

EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIESNOTE 2

CEILING/

RECESSEDA2E LED LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-40L-EZ1-LP840-EL14L NOTE 2

EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIES

CEILING/

RECESSEDA3E LED LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-48L-EZ1-LP840-EL14L

EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIESNOTE 2

C1CEILING/

SUSPENDEDLED LITHONIA LIGHTING ZL1N-L48-5000LM-FST-MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH-HC36

EATON METALUX GRLED SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS 50 SERIES

4 ACUITY nLIGHT nPODM 4P DXLOW VOLTAGE FOUR-ZONE

ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER SWITCH

HUBBELL NX SYSTEM SWITCH;

WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM SWITCH;

LUTRON seeTOUCH QS SWITCH;

EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER SYSTEM SWITCH

CRESTRON GLPAC SYSTEM SWITCH;

USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) FOR AUTO-ON TO 50% OPERATION.

PROVIDES ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER CAPABILITY FOR FOUR ZONES AT

ONE OR MORE SWITCH LOCATIONS.

ASTERISK DENOTES BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX MOUNTED 8 IN. ABOVE TOP OF COUNTER.DISTANCE INCLUDES HEIGHT OF BACKSPLASH.

CEILING/

RECESSEDD1 LED GOTHAM LIGHTING EVO-40/25-6AR-MWD-LSS-MVOLT-EZ10

EATON PORTFOLIO LD6B SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS L60 SERIES

CEILING/

RECESSEDD1E LED GOTHAM LIGHTING EVO-40/25-6AR-MWD-LSS-MVOLT-EZ10-EL NOTE 2

EATON PORTFOLIO LD6B SERIES

H.E. WILLIAMS L60 SERIES

1

1

ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191

Page 29: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

TYPICAL WALL DEVICE LOCATION DETAILNO SCALE

LIGHT SWITCH(ES)

RECEPTACLE OR

TELECOMM OUTLET

FIRE ALARM

NOTIFICATION DEVICE

DOOR

2"

DEVICES SHOWN IN SAME

AREA ON PLANS SHALL ALIGN

VERTICALLY WITH DEVICES

ABOVE AND/OR BELOW

NOTE:

• NOT ALL DEVICES SHOWN ARE USED IN ALL LOCATIONS. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLANS

FOR DEVICE LOCATIONS.

• WHERE DEVICE HEIGHTS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLANS ARE DIFFERENT FROM WHAT IS SHOWN IN THE

DETAIL, THE HEIGHTS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLANS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.

• DEVICES SHOWN SIDE-BY-SIDE ON THE PLANS THAT ARE NOT GANGED TOGETHER SHALL HAVE 2" OF

SEPARATION BETWEEN FACEPLATES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR UNLESS MORE SEPARATION IS

REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OF WALL.

• FOR WALL DEVICES MOUNTED ABOVE ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS (SUCH AS FIRE ALARM STROBES

MOUNTED ABOVE MARKERBOARDS OR TACKBOARDS), COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF WALL

DEVICES SUCH THAT THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS.

3"

1'-4

" T

O

BO

TT

OM

4'-0

" T

O T

OP

7'-6

" T

O B

OT

TO

M M

INIM

UM

OR

8'-0

" T

O T

OP

MA

XIM

UM

FINISHED

FLOOR

NO SCALE

SYMBOL DETAIL1/2

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

SINGLE OR DOUBLE

2"

DOUBLE-GANG 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH

DOUBLE-GANG PLASTER RING FOR DATA

CABLING (CABLING BY OWNER). PROVIDE

BLANK FACEPLATE.

NOTE: SYMBOL INDICATES 2 BOXES

AT EACH LOCATION. 1 = SINGLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,

2 = DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

1" CONDUIT CONCEALED IN NEW WALLS

AND STUBBED UP ABOVE NEAREST

CORRIDOR A.C.T. CEILING AND BUSHED

DETAIL NOTE:

1. PROVIDE SINGLE-CHANNEL SURFACE RACEWAY PER THE SPECIFICATIONS

FROM EACH OUTLET TO ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING WHERE THIS

SYMBOL IS SHOWN WITH A SUBSCRIPT 'SR' ON THE FLOOR PLANS.

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

E

RE

01/21/ 19

E2

ELECTRICAL

SPECIFICATIONS,

DETAILS AND

GENERAL NOTES

JTO

WAM

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS:

1. SCOPE OF WORK: PROVIDE SUPERVISION, LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, PLANT

AND OTHER ITEMS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

WHERE VARIANCES OCCUR BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR WITHIN EITHER

DOCUMENT ITSELF, INCLUDE IN THE CONTRACT PRICE THE ITEM OR ARRANGEMENT OF BETTER

QUALITY, GREATER QUANTITY, OR HIGHER COST.

2. STANDARDS AND CODES: THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND LISTED BY

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE

2015 VIRGINIA UNIFORM STATEWIDE BUILDING CODE (USBC); THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING

CODE (IBC) AS ADOPTED AND MODIFIED BY THE 2015 USBC; THE 2014 NFPA-70 (NATIONAL

ELECTRICAL CODE, OR NEC); THE 2013 NFPA-72 (NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING CODE); AND

OTHER RELATED CODES AND STANDARDS. THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH

THE ADAAG "AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES".

WORKMANSHIP SHALL MEET THE "STANDARDS OF INSTALLATION" AS PUBLISHED BY THE NATIONAL

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION (NECA).

3. PERMITS AND FEES: OBTAIN PERMITS, BONDS, LICENSES AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES. PAY

INSPECTION FEES AND TAXES. FILE PLANS AND PREPARE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN

APPROVALS OF GOVERNMENTAL DEPARTMENTS HAVING JURISDICTION.

4. CONDUIT: PROVIDE RGS OR IMC WHERE EXTERIOR ABOVE-GRADE. WHERE NOT EXTERIOR,

PROVIDE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) FOR EMPTY CONDUIT RUNS AND STUB-UPS, BRANCH

CIRCUITS AND PANEL FEEDERS; ALL CONDUIT STUBS SHALL HAVE BUSHINGS. PROVIDE

GALVANIZED SINGLE STRIP FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, MINIMUM 18" LONG, FOR MOTOR CONNECTIONS.

CONDUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM 3/4”. SUPPORT CONDUIT AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC. FOR ROOF

DECKING APPLICATIONS, FOLLOW REQUIREMENTS OF NEC 300.4(E). EXPANSION/DEFLECTION

FITTINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE REQUIRED PER NEC 300.4(H). FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE CAST

POT METAL.

ALL CONDUITS PASSING THROUGH RATED WALLS OR CEILINGS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND PACKED

WITH U.L. LISTED SEALANT TO MAINTAIN RATING.

TYPE AC, MC AND NMC CABLE ARE NOT ALLOWED.

5. JUNCTION, OUTLET AND PULL BOXES : PROVIDE JUNCTION, OUTLET AND PULL BOXES FOR WIRING

DEVICES, FIXTURES, CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC. BOXES SHALL

BE STEEL UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE BY ENVIRONMENT.

6. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: PROVIDE ALL HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, SLEEVES AND SEALS

AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC.

7. WIRING: PROVIDE COPPER CONDUCTORS, XHHW OR XHHW-2 OR THHN OR THWN-2, 600 VOLT, 90

DEGREE C RATED. WIRING SHALL BE COLOR-CODED TO IDENTIFY PHASES, NEUTRAL AND GROUND.

MATCH EXISTING BUILDING WIRING COLOR-CODING. NUMBER 12 AWG SHALL BE THE SMALLEST

SIZE WIRE USED FOR POWER AND LIGHTING. FOR 120-VOLT 15 AMP AND 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS,

USE MINIMUM 12 AWG UP TO 60 FEET, 10 AWG FOR 61-95 FEET, 8 AWG FOR 96-155 FEET AND 6 AWG

FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 155 FEET; CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SAME SIZE FOR ENTIRE

LENGTH OF RUN, EXCEPT IF ALL OUTLETS ARE IN THE SAME ROOM (1200 SQUARE FEET OR LESS)

THE OVERSIZED CONDUCTORS MAY BE RUN ONLY TO THE FIRST OUTLET. FOR 277-VOLT 15 AMP

AND 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS, USE MINIMUM 12 AWG UP TO 140 FEET, 10 AWG FOR 141-220 FEET

AND 8 AWG FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 220 FEET; CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SAME SIZE

FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF RUN. CONDUCTORS 8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED;

CONDUCTORS 10 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID. WIRING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED,

EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. DO NOT INSTALL A SHARED NEUTRAL

ON ANY CIRCUIT. FOR LIGHT SWITCHES, INSTALL NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC

404.2(C). ALL TERMINATIONS SHALL BE 75 DEGREES C.

8. GROUNDING AND BONDING: PROVIDE AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM INSTALLED TO

METALLIC STRUCTURES, ENCLOSURES, RACEWAYS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, PULL

BOXES, CABINETS, MACHINE FRAMES, PORTABLE EQUIPMENT AND OTHER CONDUCTIVE ITEMS IN

CLOSE PROXIMITY TO ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS. ALL BRANCH AND FEEDER CIRCUITS SHALL INCLUDE

A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE GROUND BUS IN ALL NEW PANELBOARDS. GROUND

CORD-AND-PLUG EQUIPMENT PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC 250.114.

9. IDENTIFICATION: IDENTIFY CABLES/CONDUCTORS, INCLUDING VOLTAGE, PHASE AND FEEDER OR

CIRCUIT NUMBER, ON EACH CABLE/CONDUCTOR IN EACH BOX/ENCLOSURE/CABINET WHERE WIRES

OF MORE THAN ONE CIRCUIT OR COMMUNICATION/SIGNAL SYSTEM ARE PRESENT. WHEREVER

REASONABLY REQUIRED FOR SAFETY, MAINTENANCE AND/OR OPERATIONAL PURPOSES, PROVIDE

SELF-ADHESIVE PLASTIC SIGNS FOR IDENTIFICATION, INSTRUCTION OR WARNING ON SWITCHES

AND OUTLETS, AS WELL AS OTHER CONTROLS, DEVICES AND ENCLOSURE COVERS. PROVIDE A

DANGER SIGN WHEREVER IT IS POSSIBLE FOR PERSONS TO COME INTO CONTACT WITH A VOLTAGE

HIGHER THAN 120 VOLTS, AS WELL AS ON CRITICAL SWITCHES AND CONTROLS WHERE UNTIMELY

OPERATION COULD BE A SAFETY HAZARD. PROVIDE AN ENGRAVED PLASTIC-LAMINATE LABEL ON

EACH MAJOR UNIT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: PANELBOARDS,

TRANSFORMERS, CABINETS, ENCLOSURES AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES. EQUIPMENT LABELS

SHALL INCLUDE WHAT IS REQUIRED IN NEC 408.4(B). PROVIDE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

LABELING REQUIRED BY NEC 760.41(B) AND 760.121(B). ENCLOSURE TYPES SHALL BE MARKED PER

NEC 110.28. WIRING COLOR-CODE KEY SHALL BE READILY AVAILABLE OR PERMANENTLY POSTED

PER NEC 200.6(D).

10. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT: MAKE FINAL ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS TO MECHANICAL

EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE CONDUITS, OUTLET BOXES AND POWER WIRING FROM THE POWER SOURCE

TO THE MOTOR OR EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX, INCLUDING WIRING THROUGH STARTERS OR

SAFETY SWITCHES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.

11. WIRING DEVICES (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE WHITE AND SHALL BE

INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE. BACK WIRING IS NOT ALLOWED. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS, RECEPTACLES SHALL BE NEMA 5-15R (EXCEPT PROVIDE NEMA

5-20R WHERE THERE IS ONLY ONE RECEPTACLE ON A CIRCUIT), GROUNDED. SPECIAL PURPOSE,

SAFETY TYPE AND GROUND FAULT RECEPTACLES SHALL BE BY SAME MANUFACTURER AS DUPLEX

RECEPTACLES. GFCI TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE RATED 5 MILLIAMPS, AND SHALL BE

READILY ACCESSIBLE WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC 210.8. WIRING DEVICE WALLPLATES SHALL BE

SATIN STAINLESS STEEL AND SHALL BE BY SAME MANUFACTURER AS WIRING DEVICES.

NOTE: ALL EXISTING WIRING DEVICES TO REMAIN WITHIN THE AREAS OF RENOVATION SHALL BE

REPLACED WITH NEW MATCHING DEVICES AND WALL PLATES.

WIRING DEVICE MANUFACTURER SHALL BE BRYANT, EATON ARROW/HART, HUBBELL, LEVITON OR

PASS & SEYMOUR.

PROVIDE A LABEL ON ALL NEW AND EXISTING RECEPTACLE WALLPLATES INDICATING THE

PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER THAT FEEDS THE DEVICE. LABELS SHALL BE SELF-STICK,

MADE WITH A TAPE GUN, WITH MINIMUM 3/16” HIGH BLACK LETTERS ON A WHITE BACKGROUND.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED ON THE

DRAWINGS PRIOR TO LABELING.

12. SAFETY SWITCHES (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PROVIDE SURFACE-MOUNTED, GENERAL-DUTY

OR HEAVY-DUTY AS APPLICABLE, HORSEPOWER-RATED, NON-FUSIBLE, SAFETY SWITCHES WITH

LUGS SUITABLE FOR COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS AND ELECTRO-SILVER PLATED

CURRENT CARRYING PARTS, AND WITH EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS WITH APPROPRIATE LUGS.

SWITCHES SHALL HAVE HINGED DOOR WITH DEFEATABLE INTERLOCK TO PREVENT DOOR FROM

BEING OPENED IN "ON" POSITION; OPERATING LEVER ARRANGED FOR PADLOCKING IN THE "OFF"

POSITION; ARC QUENCHERS; CAPACITY AND CHARACTERISTICS AS REQUIRED; NON-TEASABLE

QUICK-MAKE AND QUICK-BREAK MECHANISM; DEAD FRONT; LINE SIDE SHIELD.

MANUFACTURER SHALL BE SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, EATON OR SIEMENS.

13. DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE

DRY-TYPE, SHALL HAVE 150 DEG. C RISE ABOVE 40 DEG. C AMBIENT, SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 4-2.5%

FULL CAPACITY PRIMARY TAPS FOR TRANSFORMERS 15 KVA AND LARGER, SHALL HAVE

VENTILATED HEAVY GAUGE SHEET STEEL ANSI 49 COLORED ENCLOSURE, SHALL BE QUIET TYPE

OPERATING AT PUBLISHED ANSI SOUND STANDARDS, AND SHALL HAVE COIL AND CORE

ASSEMBLIES MOUNTED ON VIBRATION ISOLATORS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED TO REDUCE 120 HZ

SOUND AND MULTIPLE HARMONICS. ALL INSULATING MATERIALS SHALL MEET NEMA ST-20

STANDARDS AND SHALL BE RATED FOR 220 DEG. C U.L. COMPONENT RECOGNIZED INSULATION

SYSTEM. THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE AT THE TOP OF THE ENCLOSURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 50

DEG. C RISE ABOVE 40 DEG. C AMBIENT. LINEAR TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE ALUMINUM

WINDINGS. ALL TRANSFORMER EFFICIENCIES SHALL MEET US DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 2016

STANDARDS. VISIBLY GROUND ALL TRANSFORMER CORES TO ENCLOSURES WITH A FLEXIBLE

GROUNDING CONDUCTOR (NO METAL-TO-METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE CORE AND COIL AND

ENCLOSURE OTHER THAN THIS). ALSO PROVIDE BONDING JUMPER SIZED AS REQUIRED BY NEC ON

OUTSIDE OF ASSEMBLY. MAKE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS WITH A SHORT LENGTH

OF WATER-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT. LOCATE TRANSFORMERS AT LEAST 6" CLEAR FROM

WALLS, AND PROVIDE ALL CLEARANCES PER THE NEC. PROVIDE TRANSFORMER SIZES AND

RATINGS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.

MANUFACTURER SHALL BE SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, EATON OR SIEMENS.

14. PANELBOARDS (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PANELBOARDS SHALL BE DEAD-FRONT, COPPER

BUS, WITH THERMAL MAGNETIC MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH

SCHEDULES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. BREAKERS FOR APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS SHALL BE

BOLT-ON. BREAKERS FOR DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS SHALL BE GROUP MOUNTED PLUG-ON

WITH MECHANICAL RESTRAINT ON A COMMON PAN OR RAIL ASSEMBLY, AND WITH LINE-SIDE JAW

TYPE CONNECTIONS. SERIES RATING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL

BE RED AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS “FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT”. PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE TYPED,

FRAMED CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES. THE CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES SHALL INDICATE THE LOAD TYPE AND

THE OWNER'S ROOM NAMES/NUMBERS (NOT THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT ROOM

NAMES/NUMBERS). DOORS SHALL HAVE LOCKS AND BE KEYED ALIKE. EMPTY SPACES SHALL BE

FULLY BUSSED WITH HARDWARE FOR FUTURE BREAKERS.

MANUFACTURER SHALL BE SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, EATON OR SIEMENS.

15. SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD) (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) :

A. SPD EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS [TVSS]) SHALL BE

LISTED AND LABELED PER ANSI/U.L. 1449 3RD EDITION, AND SHALL BE TESTED AND

DEMONSTRATE SUITABILITY FOR APPLICATION WITHIN ANSI/IEEE C62.41 CATEGORY C, B AND

A ENVIRONMENTS.

B. SPD SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE PANELBOARDS.

C. THE SPD MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE UNLIMITED FREE REPLACEMENT OF THE ENTIRE

SPD FOR ALL INOPERABLE SPD UNITS DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD.

D. SPD SHALL BE GUARANTEED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR AND SURGE SUPPRESSION

MANUFACTURER TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD

OF NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM

FOR WHICH THE SUPPRESSOR IS INSTALLED. THE WARRANTY SHALL PROVIDE FOR A

COMPLETE REPLACEMENT OF SPD IN ORDER TO EXPEDITE SERVICE.

E. SPD UNIT SHALL INCORPORATE THERMALLY PROTECTED METAL-OXIDE VARISTORS (MOVS) AS

THE CORE SURGE SUPPRESSION COMPONENT FOR THE SERVICE ENTRANCE AND ALL OTHER

DISTRIBUTION LEVELS. THE SYSTEM SHALL NOT UTILIZE SILICON AVALANCHE DIODES,

SELENIUM CELLS, AIR GAPS, OR OTHER COMPONENTS THAT MAY CROWBAR THE SYSTEM

VOLTAGE LEADING TO SYSTEM UPSET OR CREATE ANY ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS.

F. SPD UNIT MUST PROTECT ALL MODES (L-N, L-G, L-L, N-G) OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BEING

UTILIZED.

G. SPD UNIT SHALL HAVE A 20KA NOMINAL DISCHARGE CURRENT.

H. SPD UNIT SHALL BE INSTALLED INTEGRALLY IN THE PANELBOARDS INDICATED ON THE

DRAWINGS. THE COMPLETE PANELBOARD, INCLUDING THE SPD, SHALL BE UL LISTED.

I. WHERE SPD'S ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS BEING INTEGRAL TO A PIECE OF

ELECTRICAL GEAR, IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO PROVIDE AN EXTERNAL SPD

INSTEAD, LOCATED AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE TO THE GEAR BEING PROTECTED AND IN A

NEMA ENCLOSURE APPROPRIATE FOR THE INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS SUFFICIENT WALL SPACE FOR THE

EXTERNAL SPD, AS THE EXTERNAL SPD IS HIS OPTION - CHANGE ORDERS WILL NOT BE

APPROVED DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR NOT COORDINATING THIS.

J. SPD UNITS SHALL BE SERVED WITH A DEDICATED 3-POLE 60-AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE

GEAR BEING SERVED AND (5) #6 AWG MINIMUM STRANDED LOW IMPEDANCE CONNECTION

CABLE TO THE BREAKER, UNLESS THE MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDS DIFFERENTLY. THE

CONDUCTORS SERVING SPD UNITS SHALL BE TWISTED TOGETHER TO REDUCE THE SPD

SYSTEM INPUT IMPEDANCE, AND SHALL BE KEPT AT THE MINIMUM LENGTH. SPD UNITS SHALL

BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED

PRACTICES AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC REQUIREMENTS. WHERE EXTERNAL, CLOSE

NIPPLE THE SPD TO THE RESPECTIVE GEAR BEING PROTECTED.

K. SPD UNIT SHALL MEET ANSI/U.L. VOLTAGE PROTECTION RATING (VPR) OF (MAXIMUM): 1200V

(L-G AND N-G), 1500V (L-N) AND 2000V (L-L) FOR 277/480V. MAXIMUM SURGE CURRENT RATINGS

SHALL BE 160KA PER PHASE/80KA PER MODE FOR DISTRIBUTION PANELS. MAXIMUM

CONTINUOUS OPERATING VOLTAGE (MCOV) SHALL BE 125% MINIMUM OF NOMINAL VOLTAGE

FOR 120/208V, AND 115% MINIMUM OF NOMINAL VOLTAGE FOR 277/480V; MCOV SHALL BE A

TESTED VALUE.

L. SPD UNIT SHALL HAVE POSITIVE STATUS MONITORS FOR EACH PHASE.

16. LIGHTING (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PROVIDE FIXTURES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.

MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR EQUAL. FIXTURES SHALL BE

COMPLETE WITH REQUIRED SOCKETS, WIRING, GLASSWARE, REFLECTORS, HANGERS, FITTINGS

AND MOUNTING TRIM. FIXTURES SHALL BE CLEANED AND COMPLETELY LAMPED. PROVIDE PROPER

TRIM, FRAMES, MOUNTING DEVICES, CONFIGURATION AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO PROPERLY

INSTALL FIXTURES IN THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.

CATALOG NUMBERS OF FIXTURES SCHEDULED ARE TO ESTABLISH A TYPE OF FIXTURE, NOT TO

DETERMINE A METHOD OF MOUNTING. VERIFY CEILING CONSTRUCTION BEFORE ORDERING

FIXTURES, AND PROVIDE MOUNTING TRIM SUITABLE FOR THE CEILING FINISH IN WHICH FIXTURE IS

INSTALLED. INSTALL RECESSED LAY-IN TYPE FIXTURES SO THAT THE LENS HOUSING MAY BE

EASILY OPENED AND SO THAT THE FIXTURES MAY BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED WITHOUT

FORCING THE FIXTURES. COORDINATE LIGHTING LAYOUT WITH CEILING LAYOUT AND FINISH

BEFORE CEILING GRID IS INSTALLED. LENS TYPE RECESSED 2X4 FIXTURES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM

0.125" THICK ACRYLIC LENS WITH 7.8 OZ./SQ. FT. MINIMUM WEIGHT.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LED LUMINAIRES:

COLOR TEMPERATURE SHALL BE 4000K WITH MINIMUM CRI OF 80, UNLESS INDICATED

OTHERWISE.

LED'S SHALL BE BINNED WITHIN A MAXIMUM THREE-STEP MACADAM ELLIPSE TO ENSURE

COLOR CONSISTENCY AMONGST LUMINAIRES OF THE SAME TYPE.

MERCURY-FREE, LEAD-FREE, ROHS COMPLIANT.

COMPLIANT WITH FCC 47 CFR PART 15 NON-CONSUMER RFI/EMI STANDARDS.

LIGHT OUTPUT SHALL BE MEASURED USING THE ABSOLUTE PHOTOMETRY METHOD

FOLLOWING IES LM-79 AND LM-80 REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES.

LUMINAIRES SHALL MAINTAIN AT LEAST 70% LUMEN OUTPUT (L70) FOR A MINIMUM OF 50,000

HOURS.

LUMEN OUTPUT SHALL NOT DEPRECIATE MORE THAN 20% AFTER 20,000 HOURS OF USE.

THERMALLY DESIGNED TO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM JUNCTION TEMPERATURE OF THE LED

FOR THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF THE LOCATION IN WHICH THE LUMINAIRE IS TO BE

INSTALLED. RATED CASE TEMPERATURE SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION IN THE

AMBIENT TEMPERATURES TYPICALLY FOUND IN THE INTENDED INSTALLATION. EXTERIOR

LUMINAIRES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPERATING IN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES OF -20 DEG.

F TO 122 DEG F (-29 DEG. C TO 50 DEG. C).

LUMINAIRES SHALL OPERATE NORMALLY FOR INPUT VOLTAGE FLUCTUATIONS OF PLUS OR

MINUS 10%.

MAXIMUM TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION (THD) OF 10% AT FULL INPUT POWER AND ACROSS

SPECIFIED VOLTAGE RANGE.

ALL CONNECTIONS TO LUMINAIRES SHALL BE REVERSE-POLARITY PROTECTED AND PROVIDE

HIGH VOLTAGE PROTECTION IN THE EVENT THAT CONNECTIONS ARE REVERSED OR

SHORTED DURING INSTALLATION.

THE FAILURE OF ONE INDIVIDUAL LED SHALL NOT AFFECT THE OPERATION OF THE REMAINING

LED'S IN THE LUMINAIRE.

ALL DRIVERS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEMA 410-2011 FOR INRUSH CURRENT.

REQUIREMENTS FOR LED DRIVERS:

UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, SHALL BE OF THE 0-10V DIMMING TYPE DOWN

TO 10% LIGHT LEVEL. THE PERFORMANCE CURVES FOR THE 0-10V CONTROL AND THE

0-10V DRIVERS SHALL NOT BOTH BE LOGARITHMIC. DIMMING SHALL OCCUR DOWN TO

THE MINIMUM LEVEL WITH NO VISIBLE FLICKER OR “POPCORN EFFECT”. “POPCORN

EFFECT” IS WHEN THE LUMINAIRE IS ON A PRESET DIMMED LEVEL, AND THE LED'S GO TO

100% PRIOR TO RETURNING TO THE PRESET LEVEL WHEN POWER IS RETURNED TO THE

FIXTURE.

SHALL HAVE RATED LIFE OF MINIMUM 50,000 HOURS.

SHALL HAVE MINIMUM POWER FACTOR OF 0.9 AND MAXIMUM CREST FACTOR OF 1.5 AT FULL

INPUT POWER AND ACROSS SPECIFIED VOLTAGE RANGE.

SHALL OPERATE NORMALLY FOR INPUT VOLTAGE FLUCTUATIONS OF PLUS OR MINUS 10%.

SHALL HAVE MAXIMUM TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION (THD) OF 10% AT FULL INPUT POWER

AND ACROSS SPECIFIED VOLTAGE RANGE.

SHALL HAVE POLARIZED QUICK-DISCONNECTS FOR WIRING CONNECTIONS FOR FIELD

MAINTENANCE.

SHALL HAVE BUILT-IN FUSE PROTECTION, WITH ALL POWER SUPPLY OUTPUTS EITHER FUSE

PROTECTED OR POLYMERIC POSITIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT (PTC)-PROTECTED

PER CLASS 2 UL LISTING.

0-10V DIMMING DRIVERS SHALL COMPLY WITH IEC 60929. FOR 0-10V DIMMING CONTROLS, THE

PERFORMANCE CURVES FOR THE 0-10V CONTROL AND THE 0-10V BALLAST/DRIVERS SHALL NOT

BOTH BE LOGARITHMIC. ALL DRIVERS SHALL HAVE TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION OF LESS THAN

10% AT FULL OUTPUT.

17. EMERGENCY LAMP POWER SUPPLY (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL

BE PROVIDED BY USING A STANDARD LUMINAIRE EQUIPPED WITH A UL LISTED, SELF-CONTAINED,

MODULAR, BATTERY INVERTER UNIT COMPLYING WITH UL 924. THE UNIT SHALL BE MOUNTED

WITHIN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE BODY OR LISTED FOR INSTALLATION ON TOP OF OR REMOTE FROM

THE FIXTURE. THE BATTERY INVERTER UNIT SHALL CONSIST OF A HIGH-TEMPERATURE,

MAINTENANCE-FREE, NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY, CHARGER AND ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY. THE AC

DRIVER OPERATION SHALL BE DELAYED FOR APPROXIMATELY 3 SECONDS BY THE CIRCUITRY TO

PREVENT FALSE TRIPPING OF AC BALLAST/DRIVER. A SOLID-STATE CHARGING LED INDICATOR

LIGHT TO MONITOR THE CHARGER AND BATTERY AND A SINGLE-POLE TEST SWITCH SHALL BE

PROVIDED AND MOUNTED SUCH THAT THE LIGHT AND SWITCH ARE VISIBLE AND ACCESSIBLE

WITHIN THE FIXTURE WITHOUT ENTERING THE CEILING SPACE. WHERE UNITS ARE MOUNTED

OUTSIDE THE BUILDING ENVELOPE, PROVIDE COLD-WEATHER RATED UNITS. UNITS SHALL BE BY

PHILIPS BODINE, LITHONIA, IOTA OR APPROVED EQUAL.

EMERGENCY LED DRIVERS SHALL HAVE LUMEN OUTPUTS AS INDICATED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE

SCHEDULE.

18. SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PROVIDE SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS

WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR WHERE REQUIRED BY GENERAL NOTES.

ALL RACEWAYS SHALL BE TYPE SR1 OR SR2 AS SPECIFIED. TYPE SR1 RACEWAY: ONE-PIECE TYPE

WITH SINGLE COMPARTMENT, LENGTHS AS NECESSARY; PROVIDE NOMINAL 3/4" WIDE, DEPTH AS

REQUIRED, WITH SNAP ON COVER. TYPE SR2 RACEWAY: TWO-PIECE TYPE WITH SINGLE

COMPARTMENT, LENGTH AS NECESSARY; PROVIDE NOMINAL 1-1/4” X 7/8” WITH FLUSH, SNAP ON

COVER. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF RACEWAY RUNS WITH PROPER FITTINGS SUPPLIED BY

THE RACEWAY MANUFACTURER. FIELD BENDS OF RACEWAY SECTIONS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.

PROPERLY SUPPORT AND ANCHOR RACEWAYS FOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH BY STRUCTURAL

MATERIALS. RACEWAYS SHALL NOT SPAN ANY SPACE UNSUPPORTED. USE BOXES SUPPLIED BY

THE RACEWAY MANUFACTURER WHEREVER JUNCTION, PULL OR DEVICE BOXES ARE REQUIRED.

STANDARD ELECTRICAL 'HANDY' BOXES, ETC. SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR USE WITH SURFACE

RACEWAY INSTALLATIONS. TYPE SR1 SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL BE USED FOR ALL LINE VOLTAGE

WIRING. TYPE SR2 RACEWAY SHALL BE USED FOR ALL DATA CABLING.

19. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PROVIDE FIRE ALARM DEVICES AS AN

EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. NEW DEVICES SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE.

ADDITIONAL MODULES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE A FULLY ADDRESSABLE

AND COMPLETE EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ALL NEW DEVICES SHALL BE

BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND SHALL MATCH THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES.

PROVIDE FIRE ALARM INDICATING APPLIANCES WITH CANDELA RATING MATCHING THE NUMBERS

SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE A FULL CONDUIT (EMT) SYSTEM DEDICATED FOR FIRE ALARM

WIRING. ALL NEW FIRE ALARM WIRING SHALL MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS,

RELAYS, POWER MODULES, EXTENDER PANELS, ETC. NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND

OPERABLE EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING SYSTEM. COORDINATE THE LOCATIONS OF ALL REQUIRED

EXTENDER PANELS AND/OR MODULES WITH THE A/E PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REPROGRAM THE

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AS REQUIRED AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE NEW DEVICES HAS BEEN

COMPLETED. PROVIDE ALL TESTING REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.

GENERAL NOTES:

1. LOAD SIDE CONDUCTOR AND CONDUIT SIZES FROM DISCONNECT SWITCHES TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE THE SAME AS LINE SIDE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT.

2. CAREFULLY COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH DUCTWORK, PIPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. MAINTAIN ALL CLEARANCES AND SPACES REQUIRED BY THE NEC.

3. WHERE MULTIPLE CIRCUITS ARE COMBINED IN A SINGLE CONDUIT, DERATE CONDUCTORS PER THE NEC.

4. SEE THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS REGARDING OVERSIZING CONDUCTORS FOR 1-POLE 15- AND 20-AMP CIRCUITS TO REDUCE VOLTAGE DROP - THESE OVERSIZING REQUIREMENTS

TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THE WIRE AND CONDUIT SIZES SHOWN IN THE PANEL SCHEDULES. OVERSIZED CONDUCTORS FOR VOLTAGE DROP ON OTHER CIRCUITS ARE INDICATED IN THE PANEL

SCHEDULES.

5. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL EXIT SIGNS AND THE VOLTAGE SENSING TERMINALS OF ALL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKS SHALL BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES, RELAYS, SENSORS

AND POWER PACKS WITH 2-#12 AND 1-#12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT.

6. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MARKED SO AS TO BE IDENTIFIED BY VISUAL INSPECTION FOR TESTING PURPOSES. IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE BY ONE 1/2" RED SELF-STICK DOT ON

THE VERTICAL PORTION OF LOUVER OR ON THE TOP OF THE LENS.

7. EXACT LOCATION AND ORIENTATION OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO OBTAIN COMPLETE COVERAGE. IF THE CONTRACTOR USES A SENSOR THAT

HAS A COVERAGE PATTERN DIFFERENT FROM THAT WHICH IS SPECIFIED, AND AS A RESULT ADDITIONAL SENSORS ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETELY COVER A SPACE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL

PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SENSORS AS REQUIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL OCCUPANCY SENSOR TIME DELAYS SHALL BE SET TO NO MORE THAN 30 MINUTES.

8. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, SWITCHES AND OCCUPANCY SENSORS IN A ROOM/SPACE SHALL CONTROL ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THAT ROOM/SPACE.

9. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY ALL PANELBOARD FEEDER ENTRANCE LOCATIONS (TOP, BOTTOM, SIDE).

10. PROVIDE ALL 120-VOLT POWER NEEDED FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER LOCKS AND CLEARLY INDICATE IN THE DIRECTORY THAT THEY ARE FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS.

PROVIDE RED BREAKER, RED BREAKER LOCK OR RED DOT ON DEAD FRONT COVER BESIDE BREAKER. POWER SUPPLY QUANTITIES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE FIRE ALARM SUPPLIER AND

INCLUDED IN BID. ALL POWER SUPPLIES SHALL BE LOCATED IN UTILITY-TYPE SPACES (MECH/ELEC/COMM ROOMS, HOUSEKEEPING CLOSETS, TRASH ROOMS, ETC.).

11. CAREFULLY COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, OCCUPANCY SENSORS, FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES AND OTHER ELECTRICAL CEILING DEVICES WITH SPRINKLER

HEADS AND HVAC CEILING DEVICES.

12. WHERE NEW DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES OR TELECOMMUNICATIONS) ARE SHOWN ON EXISTING WALLS ALONG WITH EXISTING DEVICES BEING REPLACED (EXISTING OUTLET BOXES BEING

REUSED), INSTALL ALL NEW DEVICES ON THAT WALL AT SAME HEIGHT AS EXISTING DEVICES. FOR EXAMPLE, IF EXISTING RECEPTACLES ON A WALL ARE 15" AFF, INSTALL NEW RECEPTACLES ON

THAT WALL 15" AFF.

13. WHERE NEW DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, TELECOMMUNICATIONS OR FIRE ALARM) ARE SHOWN ON EXISTING WALLS AND CEILINGS AND THERE ARE NO EXISTING CONCEALED OUTLET

BOXES OR CONDUITS TO REUSE, USE SURFACE RACEWAY (SINGLE-CHANNEL EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE), EXCEPT EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES MAY BE USED IN

UNFINISHED AREAS (MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ROOMS, STORAGE AND HOUSEKEEPING CLOSETS, ETC.).

14. WHERE RE-USE OF EXISTING CONDUIT, WIRING AND/OR OUTLET BOXES IS INDICATED, ALSO PROVIDE NEW MATERIALS IF NECESSARY. IF NEW EXPOSED MATERIALS ARE NEEDED, USE SURFACE

RACEWAY (SINGLE-CHANNEL EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE), EXCEPT EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES MAY BE USED IN UNFINISHED AREAS (MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL

ROOMS, STORAGE AND HOUSEKEEPING CLOSETS, ETC.).

15. FOR WALL DEVICES MOUNTED ABOVE ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS, COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF WALL DEVICES SUCH THAT THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS.

16. FOR ALL EXISTING OUTLET BOXES THAT ARE NOT BEING REUSED, PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE TO MATCH NEW WALL PLATES IN THAT AREA.

17. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RATED WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AND PROVIDE NECESSARY RATED DEVICES AND FIRE SEALANT FOR PENETRATIONS. WHERE NEW DEVICES

ARE SHOWN RECESSED IN RATED PARTITIONS, CAREFULLY COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND OFFSETS.

18. "HOMERUN" CONDUITS SHALL BE RUN DOWN CORRIDORS FROM THE RESPECTIVE ELECTRICAL ROOM (NOT THROUGH CLASSROOMS OR OFFICES OR OTHER SIMILAR SPACES).

19. MODIFY EXISTING PANEL SCHEDULES TO ACCURATELY REFLECT ALL CHANGES MADE AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. ALL NEW BREAKERS INSTALLED IN EXISTING PANELS SHALL MATCH EXISTING AIC.

TRACE AND VERIFY THE EXISTING CIRCUITS AT ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN DEVICES WITHIN THE AREA OF RENOVATION AND LABEL THESE DEVICES WITH THE CORRECT TRACED CIRCUIT NUMBERS.

UPDATE EXISTING PANELBOARD SCHEDULES TO CORRECT ANY INCORRECT CIRCUITS. NEW PANEL SCHEDULES SHALL BE TYPED, HANDWRITTEN SCHEDULES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID IN ORDER TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, TO DETERMINE THE FULL EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WORK REQUIRED, AND TO

DETERMINE THE FULL EXTENT OF RELOCATION AND MODIFICATION WORK REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL WORK (DUE TO OTHER DISCIPLINES INTERFERING OR ANY OTHER REASON). EXISTING SPACE

IS TIGHT IN MANY AREAS (PARTICULARLY ABOVE CEILINGS), AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK WITH BOTH NEW AND EXISTING PIPING,

DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, ETC. NO CHANGE ORDERS WILL BE APPROVED FOR ADDITIONAL WORK DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR NEGLECTING TO VISIT THE SITE AND GATHER ALL NECESSARY

INFORMATION.

ACUITY DIMMING LOAD

CONTROLLER

(nLIGHT nPP16 D SA/SA2)

277V LIGHTING CIRCUIT FROM

PANELBOARD - 3-#12 AWG

(HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND)

277V SWITCHING CIRCUIT TO EACH

LIGHTING FIXTURE DRIVER - 3-#12 AWG

(HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND)

0-10V WIRING TO EACH LIGHT

FIXTURE DRIVER - 2-#18 AWG

THE 277V AND 0-10V WIRING SHALL

BE RUN IN SEPARATE CONDUITS

FROM THE LOAD CONTROLLER TO

EACH LIGHTING FIXTURE DRIVER

CONNECT THE LOAD CONTROLLER TO ALL

OF THE OTHER LIGHTING CONTROL

DEVICES IN THE SPACE WITH CATEGORY

5E CABLING. THE LIGHTING CONTROL

DEVICES SHALL BE PROGRAMMED TO

CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES IN

EACH ZONE AS INDICATED BY THE

DETAILS AND NOTES ON THE DRAWINGS. CATEGORY 5E PORTS

CATEGORY 5E CABLING

ACUITY SWITCHED LOAD

CONTROLLER

(nLIGHT nPP16 SA/SA2)

277V LIGHTING CIRCUIT FROM

PANELBOARD - 3-#12 AWG

(HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND)

277V SWITCHING CIRCUIT TO EACH

LIGHTING FIXTURE DRIVER - 3-#12 AWG

(HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND)

CONNECT THE LOAD CONTROLLER TO ALL

OF THE OTHER LIGHTING CONTROL

DEVICES IN THE SPACE WITH CATEGORY

5E CABLING. THE LIGHTING CONTROL

DEVICES SHALL BE PROGRAMMED TO

CONTROL ALL OF THE LIGHTING FIXTURES

IN THE SPACE AS INDICATED BY THE

NOTES ON THE DRAWINGS. CATEGORY 5E PORTS

CATEGORY 5E CABLING

SWITCHING LOAD CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAMSCALE: NONE

DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAMSCALE: NONE

Page 30: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

OFFICE

201

OFFICE/LAB

200

OFFICE

202

OFFICE

204

OFFICE

207

OFFICE

205

OFFICE

203

OFFICE

260A

OFFICE

260B

OFFICE

260C

OFFICE

260D

OFFICE

209

OFFICE

211

OFFICE

213

OFFICE

217

OFFICE

219

OFFICE

232A

OFFICE

238B

OFFICE

239

OFFICE

235

OFFICE

260E

RECEP

260

CLOSET

260G

CORRIDOR

B21

CORRIDOR

CR-2C

CORRIDOR

CR-2B

CLASSROOM

234

STORAGE/WORK

238A

ADMIN

238

PHYS GEOGLAB

232

MEETING

238C

BREAK

241

OFFICE

243

GRADSTUDENTS

237

ER

ER ER ER

ERER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERERER ER

TYPD1

TYPB1

2

1

1 1

2

SR

D

LD

LD1

3

LD

1

1

1

1

LD

LD

33

1

1

1

11

1

LIGHTING ZONE #2 (DAYLIGHTING)

THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE SHALL BE

RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT VIA THE

DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER. THE PHOTOSENSOR SHALL

CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE ONLY.

LIGHTING ZONE #1 (GENERAL)

THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE SHALL

BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING

CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.

1

2

LD

1

D

1

1

1

TYPA1

2

DD

SR

TYPA2TYPA2

11

2

1

2

11

2

TYPA2TYPA2TYPA2

LD

1

LD

1

LD

1

2

2

3

2

2

SR

3

X1 X1

TYPA2

2SRLD 1

1

1

1

B1

1

LD 1

1

2

SR

LD

1

TYPA3

1 2

LD1

2

SR

1 1

1

C1

1

TYP,UNOA2A2E

TYP,UNOD1

D1E

THE OCCUPANCY SENSORS IN THIS

SPACE SHALL CONTROL ALL OF THE

LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THE SPACE.

TYP,UNOA2

A2E

A3E A3E

TYP,UNOA3

A3EER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER ER

A3E

A3E

TYP,UNOA3

NO NEW WORK TO BE

COMPLETED IN THE

HATCHED AREA

STORAGE

237A

OFFICE

221

OFFICE

223

OFFICE

225

OFFICE

227

OFFICE

215

MEETING

260F

ELEC

262

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

CORRIDOR

CR-2C

CLOSET

238D

D1E

2

LD1

D1

1

1

LD 1

LIGHTING ZONE #1 (GENERAL)

THE TYPE 'A2' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN

THIS ZONE SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO

THE EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT VIA

THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.

LIGHTING ZONE #2 (GENERAL)

THE TYPE 'A2' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN

THIS ZONE SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO

THE EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT VIA

THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.

1

1

THIS PHOTOSENSOR SHALL

CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES

IN LIGHTING ZONES #1 AND #2

LIGHTING ZONE #3 (DAYLIGHTING/GENERAL)

THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE

SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING

CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.

COMPUTER

101

STORAGE

102

A49

A41

A36

A44

A45

A46

A47

107

105

103

100C

100B

100A

ER

LIGHTING ZONE #2 (DAYLIGHTING/TEACHING WALL)

THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE

SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING

CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.

1

X1

STORAGE

101A

1

B1

11

11

1

LD1 LD1

LIGHTING ZONE #1 (DAYLIGHTING)

THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE

SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING

CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.

LIGHTING ZONE #4 (TEACHING WALL)

THE TYPE 'D1 LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE

SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING

CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.

THIS PHOTOSENSOR SHALL

CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES

IN LIGHTING ZONE #3 ONLY

4

4

SR

THE OCCUPANCY SENSORS IN THIS

SPACE SHALL CONTROL ALL OF THE

LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THE SPACE.

TYP,UNOD1

D1E

D1E

NO NEW WORK TO BE

COMPLETED IN THE

HATCHED AREA

ER

LD1 LD1

COORDINATE THE EXACT

LOCATION OF THIS SWITCH

WITH THE OWNER IN THE FIELD

1

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

E3

PARTIAL FIRST AND

SECOND FLOOR

PLANS - LIGHTING

JTO

WAM

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTINGSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTINGSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

1. THE NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS SPACE SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING

CONTROL CIRCUIT RETAINED DURING DEMOLITION. ROUTE THE EXISTING CIRCUIT THROUGH THE NEW

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE FOR SWITCHING OF THE CONNECTED LIGHTING FIXTURES. 0-10V WIRING

SHALL BE RUN IN A SEPARATE 3/4" CONDUIT FROM THE LOAD CONTROLLER TO THE 0-10V DIMMING

DRIVERS (WHERE APPLICABLE). THE NEW LOW-VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROLS SHALL BE CONNECTED

TOGETHER WITH CATEGORY 5E CABLING TO CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THE SPACE. REFER

TO THE LOAD CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAM ON SHEET E1 FOR MORE INFORMATION.

2. THIS NEW LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCH SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE EXISTING OUTLET BOX AT THIS LOCATION.

3. THIS NEW LINE-VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE EXISTING OUTLET

BOX AT THIS LOCATION.

PLAN NOTES:

1. THE NEW EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE RECONNECTED (UNSWITCHED) TO THE NEAREST EXISTING CIRCUIT

SERVING EXISTING TO REMAIN EXIT SIGNS. PROVIDE NEW BOXES, CONDUIT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED

FOR THE EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING CIRCUITS.

GENERAL NOTES:

ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191

Page 31: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

OFFICE

201OFFICE/LAB

200

OFFICE

202

OFFICE

204

OFFICE

207

OFFICE

205

OFFICE

203

OFFICE

260A

OFFICE

260B

OFFICE

260C

OFFICE

260D

OFFICE

209

OFFICE

211

OFFICE

213

OFFICE

217

OFFICE

219

OFFICE

232A

OFFICE

238B

OFFICE

239

OFFICE

235

OFFICE

260E

MEETING

260F

CLOSET

260G

CORRIDOR

B21

CORRIDOR

CR-2C

CORRIDOR

CR-2B

CLASSROOM

234

STORAGE/WORK

238AADMIN

238

PHYS GEOGLAB

232

MEETING

238C

BREAK

241

GRADSTUDENTS

237

ER

ER

ER ER ER ER ERER ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

EXISTING PANEL-B

MANUFACTURED BY KINNEY

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-225A MLO

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

P2A-12

P2A-12

P2A-12

P2A-12

P2A-10

P2A-10

P2A-10

P2A-10

P2A-10

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-8

P2A-11

P2A-11

P2A-11

P2A-9

P2A-9

P2A-9

P2A-9

P2A-9

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-2

P2A-4

P2A-4

P2A-4

P2A-4

P2A-4

P2A-6

P2A-6

P2A-6

P2A-6

ERER ER

ER

EXISTING PANEL-L2A

SQUARE-D I-LINE

480Y/277V-3PH-4W-225A MLO

EXISTING PANEL-P2A

SQUARE-D NQOD

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-250A MCB

EXISTING TRANSFORMER

SQUARE-D 75KVA DRY-TYPE

480V-208Y/120V

EXISTING PANEL-P2B

SQUARE-D NQOD

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-100A MLO

ERER

P2A-15

P2A-15 P2A-15

P2A-15

OFFICE

215

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

NO NEW WORK TO BE

COMPLETED IN THE

HATCHED AREA

ER

P2A-6

P2A-6

P2A-6P2A-6

P2A-5

P2A-5P2A-5

P2A-5

ERER

P2A-5 P2A-3

P2A-3

P2A-3

P2A-3ER

ER

ER

P2A-3

P2A-1

P2A-1

P2A-1

P2A-1

P2A-1

ER

ER

P2A-21

P2A-21

P2A-21 P2A-21

P2A-21

P2A-23

P2A-23

P2A-23 P2A-23

P2A-23

P2A-23

ER

P2A-20

P2A-20

ER

P2A-20

P2A-23P2A-26

P2A-23

ER

ER

P2A-19

P2A-19

ER

ER

P2A-21

P2A-21

ER ER

ERER

ERER ER ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER ER ER ER ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER ER ER

1

1 1 1 1

ER

ER

ER

F 30F 30

F 30

F 30F 30

F 15

F 15

F 15

F 15

F 15

F 15F 30

1

1

22

22

22

22

SR

SR

SR

SR

2SR

11 1

OFFICE

243

P2A-3ER

PNL-2LP1

T-2LP1

PNL-2HP1

1

11

1

1

11SR

REFRIG. REC.

1

1

1

SR SR SR

SR

SR SR

1

2LP1-24

2LP1-242LP1-24

2LP1-20

2LP1-20

2LP1-20

2LP1-22

2LP1-16

2LP1-16

2LP1-16

2LP1-18

2LP1-18

2LP1-12LP1-12LP1-13 2LP1-13

2LP1-3

2LP1-1

2LP1-1

2LP1-5

2LP1-5

2LP1-7

2LP1-7

2LP1-9

2LP1-9

2LP1-11

2LP1-11

2LP1-10 2LP1-12

2LP1-14

2LP1-8

2LP1-82LP1-62LP1-6

2LP1-42LP1-2

2LP1-2

2LP1-29

2LP1-29

2LP1-29

2LP1-27

2LP1-252LP1-25

2LP1-23

2LP1-232LP1-21

2LP1-21

M

FC2-22B

2LP1-26

ER ER

ER

ERER

ER

ER ER

ER

ERER

1

2LP1-15

1

2LP1-15

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

12LP1-29

1

2LP1-29

1

11 1

2LP1-19

2LP1-17

2LP1-19

F 15

F 15

F 30

F 30 F 30

RECEP

260

ELEC

262

STORAGE

237AOFFICE

221

OFFICE

223

OFFICE

225

OFFICE

227

M.H. = 66" AFF TO CNTRM.H. = 66" AFF TO CNTR

FC2-58B

2LP1-28

CORRIDOR

260

CLOSET

238D

1SR2LP1-16

2LP1-22 1

22

2LP1-31

2LP1-33

12LP1-8

12LP1-8

12LP1-6

12LP1-6

1

2LP1-8

11 1 11 12LP1-4 2LP1-4 2LP1-4 2LP1-30 2LP1-30 2LP1-30

SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL TURN UP

TO ABOVE CEILING IN THIS CORNERSURFACE RACEWAY SHALL TURN UP

TO ABOVE CEILING IN THIS CORNER3

3

1

2LP1-2

12LP1-2

3

GFCI

1

2LP1-15

SR, 2LP1-35

REFRIG. REC.

SR, 2LP1-37

4

GFCI

GFCI

SURFACE RACEWAY TURNED UP TO

ABOVE CEILING, TYP.

3

3

3

11

1

1

2LP1-41

2LP1-41

2LP1-41

2LP1-41

1

1

1

1 1

1

1

SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL TURN UP

TO ABOVE CEILING IN THIS CORNER

COMPUTER

101

STORAGE

101A

A49

A44

A45

A46

105

103

100C

100B

100A

100

P1A-4

P1A-1

P1A-3

P1A-3

P1A-3

P1A-5P1A-5P1A-5P1A-5

P1A-6

P1A-6P1A-6

P1A-6

P1A-4

P1A-4

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ERER

ER EXISTING PANEL-P1A

SQUARE-D NQOD

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-250A MCB

EXISTING TRANSFORMER

SQUARE-D 75KVA DRY-TYPE

480V-208Y/120V

ER

EXISTING PANEL-L1A

SQUARE-D I-LINE

480Y/277V-3PH-4W-225A MLO

EXISTING PANEL-P1B

SQUARE-D NQOD

208Y/120V-3PH-4W-100A MLO

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER ER ER ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

ER

PNL-1LP1

1LP1-11

1LP1-1

1LP1-31

1LP1-5

1LP1-3

1

F 75

F 75

102

P1A-4ER

2

2

SR, 1LP1-9

SR, 1LP1-7 P1A-3

NO NEW WORK TO BE

COMPLETED IN THE

HATCHED AREA

3

1LP1-3

1

11LP1-3

1LP1-1

1

1LP1-1

1

1LP1-1

1

1LP1-3

1

1

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

E4

PARTIAL FIRST AND

SECOND FLOOR

PLANS - POWER AND

COMMUNICATIONS

JTO

WAM

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - POWER AND COMMUNICATIONSSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - POWER AND COMMUNICATIONSSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

1. RECEPTACLE AND DATA OUTLET FOR THE OWNER'S PRINTER CUBICLE. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF THESE OUTLETS WITH THE OWNER IN THE FIELD.

2. JUNCTION BOX FOR POWER CONNECTION TO THE STEELCASE THREAD UNDER-CARPET POWER SYSTEM (STEELCASE SYSTEM BY OTHERS). EXTEND AND CONNECT THE CIRCUIT

INDICATED TO THE STEELCASE THREAD UNDER-CARPET POWER SYSTEM PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION OF THIS JUNCTION

BOX WITH THE SYSTEM INSTALLER IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.

3. PROVIDE TWO-PIECE TYPE MULTI-SERVICE SURFACE RACEWAY, DIVIDED FOR POWER AND COMMUNICATION USE, AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THIS ROOM AS INDICATED. PROVIDE

NOMINAL 4-3/4" X 1-3/4" RACEWAY WITH TWO (2) 2-3/8" COMPARTMENTS AND OUTLETS AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLANS. REFER TO THE SURFACE RACEWAY DETAIL ON SHEET E6 FOR

OUTLET CONFIGURATIONS. COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT OF THIS RACEWAY AND ALL RACEWAY OUTLET LOCATIONS WITH THE OWNER IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO

INSTALLATION.

4. RECEPTACLE FOR OWNER PROVIDED FURNACE. COORDINATE EXACT TYPE AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF THIS RECEPTACLE WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.

PLAN NOTES:

ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191

Page 32: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

COMPUTER

101

STORAGE

101A

A49

A44

A45

A46

105

103 100B

100A

102

NEW FEEDER CONDUIT FROM THE

SWITCHBOARD IN THE BASEMENT

MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ROOM

PASSING THROUGH UP TO THE

SECOND FLOOR.

PNL-1LP1

NEW FEEDER CONDUIT FROM

PANEL-2LP1 TO PANEL-1LP1

NEW FEEDER CONDUIT

CONCEALED ABOVE THE

ACCESSIBLE CEILING

EXISTING

SWITCHBOARD 'SC'

THE NEW FEEDER SHALL TURN UP INTO

EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM 'A44' BEFORE

CONTINUING TO THE SECOND FLOOR.

12" X 12" PULL BOX

INSTALLED UP HIGH

IN THIS SPACE

NEW FEEDER CONDUIT FROM THE

SWITCHBOARD IN THE BASEMENT

MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ROOM

OFFICE

201

OFFICE

200A

OFFICE

200B

OFFICE

202

OFFICE

204

OFFICE

207

OFFICE

205

OFFICE

203

OFFICE

260A

OFFICE

260B OFFICE

260C

OFFICE

209

OFFICE

211

OFFICE

259OFFICE

258

CORRIDOR

B21

B24

B23

B22

PNL-2LP1

T-2LP1

PNL-2HP1

12" X 12" PULL BOX

INSTALLED ABOVE THE

ACCESSIBLE CEILING

NEW FEEDER CONDUITS

CONCEALED ABOVE THE

ACCESSIBLE CEILING

NEW FEEDER CONDUIT FROM

PANEL-2LP1 TO PANEL-1LP1

ELEC

262

OFFICE

257

PNL-2HP1

480Y/277V

100A MLO

PNL-2LP1

208Y/120V

150A MCB

T-2LP1

480-208Y/120V

45 KVA

PNL-1LP1

208Y/120V

100A MLO

EXISTING

SQUARE-D QED

POWER STYLE

SWITCHBOARD 'SC'

480Y/277V-3PH-4W

2000A

BASEMENT

FIRST FLOOR

SECOND FLOOR

BASEMENT MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ROOM

STORAGE 101B

THE NEW FEEDER CONDUITS SHALL

BE ROUTED THROUGH THE FIRST

AND SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL

ROOMS AS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR

PLANS. THE CONDUITS SHALL NOT BE

RUN EXPOSED IN FINISHED SPACES.

ELECTRICAL ROOM 262

1

2

SC-31

2HP1-25 2LP1-49

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

GRAPHIC SCALE:

0 1' 5' 10'

1/8" = 1' - 0"

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - POWER DISTRIBUTIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN - POWER DISTRIBUTIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - POWER DISTRIBUTIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

PARTIAL POWER RISER DIAGRAMSCALE: NONE

1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ONE (1) NEW 3-POLE, 100 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OF MATCHING FRAME, AIC RATING AND

TYPE IN EMPTY SPACES 31, 33 AND 35 IN EXISTING SWITCHBOARD 'SC' TO SERVE NEW PANELBOARD '2HP1'.

PROVIDE 4-#3 (COPPER) AND 1-#8 (COPPER) GROUND IN 1-1/4" EMT CONDUIT TO SERVE THE NEW PANELBOARD.

REFER TO THE PARTIAL FLOOR PLANS ON THIS SHEET FOR THE APPROXIMATE ROUTING OF THIS NEW FEEDER.

2. SECONDARY SHALL BE 4-#1/0 (COPPER) IN 1-1/2" EMT CONDUIT. THE SUPPLY SIDE BONDING JUMPERS AND THE

GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SHALL BE #6 (COPPER) IN 3/4" CONDUIT.

RISER DIAGRAM NOTES:

EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

CONDUCTOR FROM

PRIMARY FEEDER

#6 AWG CU SYSTEM

BONDING JUMPER

NEAREST GROUNDING

ELECTRODE PER 2011 NEC

250.30(A)(4), INCLUDING

EXCEPTION NO. 1

#6 AWG CU GEC (IN CONDUIT WHEN

REQUIRED BY NEC 250.64(B))

TRANSFORMER

ENCLOSURE

NEUTRAL

#6 AWG CU SUPPLY-SIDE

BONDING JUMPER

FIRST SECONDARY

DISCONNECTING MEANS

ENCLOSURE

PRIMARY

A B C

N

A B C

SECONDARY

GROUND

#6 AWG CU SUPPLY-SIDE

BONDING JUMPER

3-PHASE DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERCONNECTION SCHEMATICNO SCALE

E5

PARTIAL FLOOR

PLANS - POWER

DISTRIBUTION

JTO

WAM

Page 33: ADDENDUM #1 - Virginia Tech€¦ · C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232. D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown. 5. Sheets

208Y/120V

SURFACE

YES

REC. ROOM 234

REC. ROOM 260A

REC. ROOM 200

REC. ROOM 234

REC. ROOM 234

REC. ROOM 234

LOAD SERVED

INTERRUPT RATING:

''

REC. ROOM 232

FURNACE REC. ROOM 232

REFRIG. REC. ROOM 232

UNDER CARPET POWER SYSTEM ROOM 234

UNDER CARPET POWER SYSTEM ROOM 234

REC. ROOM 260, 260F

REC, ROOM 260E

REC. ROOMS 260C & 260D

REC. ROOM 260B

REC. ROOM 200

REC. ROOM 232

REC. ROOM 234

REC. ROOM 234

REC. ROOM 234

MOUNTING:

VOLTAGE:

SOLID NEUTRAL:

20/1 R

-1.5

-.72

9.12

R

N

N

N

R

10,000 AIC

-

20/1

20/1

20/2

20/1

10 9.28

-

-.9

-

.9

-1.08

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

REC. ROOM 237

REC. ROOM 238B

REC. ROOM 243

REC. ROOM 241

L3

.72.72

1.5.72

.36.36

.54.9

.54.36

R .54

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

1.08

1.18.36

1.18.18

.36 .54

.36 .36

.72

DMD

R

R20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

BKR

R .72

.18.36

.9

R .18.72

R

R

.72R .72

L1

.36 .72

L2

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

REC. ROOM 238C

REC. ROOM 237

FCU-58B

FCU-22B

REC. ROOMS 238 & 238A

REC. ROOM 238C

REC. ROOM 238C

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

BKR

20/1

20/1

REC. ROOM 237

REFRIG. REC. ROOM 241

REC. ROOM 237

REC. ROOM 237A

LOAD SERVED

BUS RATING:

MAIN:

SYSTEM: 3PH, 4W

PANEL 2LP1

225A

GROUND BUS:

INTEGRAL SPD:

YES

LOADS ( )

LIGHTING

REC TO 10 KVA

REC REMAINING

LARGEST MOTOR

SPACE HEATING

KITCHEN EQUIPMENT

CONNECTED

0

10

11.24

0

1.18

0

0

0

DEMAND

1.25

1.0

0.5

1.0

0.25

0.0

1.0

1.25

0

10

5.62

0

.29

0

0

0

FACTOR

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD

MIN. FEEDER / PANEL CAPACITY

4.8 1.0 4.8

CONTINUOUS

NON-CONTINUOUS

DEMAND

64.123.1

28.4 78.9

AMPSKVA

KVA AMPS

41

9

25

33

39

37

35

27

29

31

17

23

19

21

13

15

11

1

5

7

3

CKT

42

10

26

34

38

40

36

30

32

28

18

22

24

20

14

16

12

2

6

8

4

CKT

-

-

-

-

-

-

R

A

A

R

R

R

R

R

R

N

R

R

R

R

R

DMD

KVA

DEMAND 0 1.0 0

OVERALL DEMAND FACTOR 0.81

150A MCB NO

3/4"#12

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

-

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

COND

#12

#12

#12

#12

PHASE NEUT GND

#12

-

-

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12 #12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

-

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

-

-

-

-

-

-

NEUT

--

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

-

#12

#12

#12

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

#12

#12

#12

#12

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

#12

#12

#12

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

#12

#12

#12

#12

PHASE COND

3/4"#12

-

-

-

-

-

-

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12

GND

#12

LOADS (KVA)

WATER HEATING

AIR CONDITIONING 2.36

0

CONNECTED

0

2.36

DEMANDFACTOR

1.0

1.0

DEMAND

NON-SEASONAL MOTORS

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

--

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

#8

-

-

--

-

-

#3

-

-

-

-

-

#3

#3

#3

-

-

1-1/4"

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

46

44

50

54

52

48

45

43

51

49

53

47

-

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

-

-

-

-

-

- -20/1 -

-

-1.98

-1.98

20/1

20/1

-

100/3

- SF

SF

-

SF

--

.18 -

- -

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPARE

PANEL-1LP1

''

SPARE

SPARE

''

L1 L2 L3

PHASE LOAD TOTALS

208Y/120V

SURFACE

YES

REC. STORAGE 101A

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

UNDER CARPET POWER SYSTEM ROOM 101

REC. ROOM 101

LOAD SERVED

INTERRUPT RATING:

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

UNDER CARPET POWER SYSTEM ROOM 101

REC. ROOM 101

MOUNTING:

VOLTAGE:

SOLID NEUTRAL:

- -

--

--

.18

-

-

-

-

-

10,000 AIC

-

-

-

-

-

1.98 1.98

-

--

-

-

--

-

-

-

-

-

-

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

L3

-.18

--

--

--

--

- -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

20/1

-

-

-

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

-

--

--

- -

- -

-

DMD

-

-20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

BKR

R 1.08

--

-

R -1.08

R

R

.9R -

L1

.9 -

L2

20/1

-

-

-

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

SPARE

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPACE ONLY

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

20/1

BKR

20/1

20/1

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

LOAD SERVED

BUS RATING:

MAIN:

SYSTEM: 3PH, 4W

PANEL 1LP1

100A

GROUND BUS:

INTEGRAL SPD:

YES

LOADS ( )

LIGHTING

REC TO 10 KVA

REC REMAINING

LARGEST MOTOR

SPACE HEATING

KITCHEN EQUIPMENT

CONNECTED

0

4.14

0

0

0

0

0

0

DEMAND

1.25

1.0

0.5

1.0

0.25

0.0

1.0

1.25

0

4.14

0

0

0

0

0

0

FACTOR

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD

MIN. FEEDER / PANEL CAPACITY

0 1.0 0

CONTINUOUS

NON-CONTINUOUS

DEMAND

11.54.1

4.1 11.5

AMPSKVA

KVA AMPS

41

9

25

33

39

37

35

27

29

31

17

23

19

21

13

15

11

1

5

7

3

CKT

42

10

26

34

38

40

36

30

32

28

18

22

24

20

14

16

12

2

6

8

4

CKT

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

DMD

KVA

DEMAND 0 1.0 0

OVERALL DEMAND FACTOR 1.00

100A MLO NO

--

3/4"

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

#12

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

3/4"

COND

#12

#12

#12

#12

PHASE NEUT GND

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

#12

#12

#12

#12

#12 #12

#12

#12

#12

#12

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

NEUT

--

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

PHASE COND

--

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GND

-

LOADS (KVA)

WATER HEATING

AIR CONDITIONING 0

0

CONNECTED

0

0

DEMANDFACTOR

1.0

1.0

DEMAND

NON-SEASONAL MOTORS

L1 L2 L3

PHASE LOAD TOTALS

480Y/277V

SURFACE

YES

''

''

''

SPACE ONLY

''

SPD

LOAD SERVED

INTERRUPT RATING:

''

(VIA 45KVA XFMR T-2LP1)

PANEL-2LP1

''

SPACE ONLY

''

''

SPACE ONLY

''

MOUNTING:

VOLTAGE:

SOLID NEUTRAL:

9.15

35,000 AIC

10.03 8.66

''

''

SPACE ONLY

''

L3

-.03

--

--

-9.12

--

- -

-

-

-

SF

-

SF

SF

-

-

-

70/3

-/3

-

-

-

-10

-8.63

- -

- -

-

DMD

-

--/3

-

-

-/3

-

-

60/3

BKR

- -

--

-

- --

N

N

.03N -

L1

.03 -

L2

-

-

-

-/3

-

-

-/3

-

''

''

''

SPACE ONLY

''

SPACE ONLY

''

-

-/3

-

-/3

-

BKR

-

-/3

SPACE ONLY

''

''

SPACE ONLY

LOAD SERVED

BUS RATING:

MAIN:

SYSTEM: 3PH, 4W

PANEL 2HP1

100A

GROUND BUS:

INTEGRAL SPD:

YES

LOADS ( )

LIGHTING

REC TO 10 KVA

REC REMAINING

LARGEST MOTOR

SPACE HEATING

KITCHEN EQUIPMENT

CONNECTED

0

10

11.24

.53

1.18

0

0

0

DEMAND

1.25

1.0

0.5

1.0

0.25

0.0

1.0

1.25

0

10

5.62

.53

.3

0

0

0

FACTOR

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD

MIN. FEEDER / PANEL CAPACITY

4.89 1.0 4.89

CONTINUOUS

NON-CONTINUOUS

DEMAND

27.122.5

27.8 33.5

AMPSKVA

KVA AMPS

9

25

27

29

17

23

19

21

13

15

11

1

5

7

3

CKT

10

26

30

28

18

22

24

20

14

16

12

2

6

8

4

CKT

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

DMD

KVA

DEMAND 0 1.0 0

OVERALL DEMAND FACTOR 0.81

100A MLO YES

-

1-1/4"

-

-

#4

#4

#4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

COND

-

#6

#6

#6

PHASE NEUT GND

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

#6 #6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

#8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

NEUT

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

PHASE COND

--

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

GND

-

LOADS (KVA)

WATER HEATING

AIR CONDITIONING 1.18

0

CONNECTED

0

1.18

DEMANDFACTOR

1.0

1.0

DEMAND

NON-SEASONAL MOTORS

L1 L2 L3

PHASE LOAD TOTALS

SCALE: NONE

MULTI-SERVICE SURFACE RACEWAY DETAIL

TURN UP TO ABOVE CEILING - PROVIDE DIVIDEDENTRANCE END FITTING ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLECEILING TO FEED THE SURFACE RACEWAY.

IN THIS RACEWAY, THE COLOR OF THERECEPTACLES AND THE DEVICE FACEPLATESSHALL MATCH THE COLOR OF THE RACEWAY

THE OUTLETS SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL MAYNOT ALL BE USED IN EACH LOCATION.

1

TWO-GANG OVERLAPPING COVER PLATE

WITH RECTANGULAR OPENING FOR INSTALLATION OFDECORATOR STYLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE.

TWO-GANG OVERLAPPING COVER PLATE WITH TWO (2)

RECTANGULAR OPENINGS FOR INSTALLATION OF DECORATORSTYLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATE.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL RECEPTACLES, FACEPLATES, COVER PLATES, AND LINE-VOLTAGE WIRING WITHIN THE SURFACERACEWAY. LOW-VOLTAGE CABLING AND TERMINATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS.

THE COLORS OF THE SURFACE RACEWAYS, COVER PLATES, FACEPLATES AND WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT.

GENERAL NOTES:1.

2.

VOLTAGE DIVIDER

POWER WIRING TO BE RUN

IN THIS CHANNEL

LOW-VOLTAGE CABLING TOBE RUN IN THIS CHANNEL

TWO-GANG OVERLAPPING COVER PLATE WITHSINGLE-GANG OPENING FOR INSTALLATIONOF COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES.

1

1

1

1

Revisions

Drawn

Checked

Project No.

Date

Revisions

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

J

E

F

G

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

01/21/19

1718-5

BLA

CK

SB

UR

G, V

IRG

INIA

WA

LLA

CE

HA

LL U

PF

IT F

OR

TH

E

GE

OG

RA

PH

Y D

EP

AR

TM

EN

T

300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA

24060

P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]

COMMO

NWEALTH OF

V

IRGINIA

PRO

FESS IONAL E

NGIN

ERE

01/21/ 19

E6

PANELBOARD

SCHEDULES AND

RACEWAY DETAIL

JTO

WAM

ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191

1